1
0
Fork 0
alistair23-linux/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c

2191 lines
66 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*
* Copyright © 2014 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
* paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
* Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
* IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* Authors:
* Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net>
* Michel Thierry <michel.thierry@intel.com>
* Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com>
* Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com>
*
*/
/**
* DOC: Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists
*
* Motivation:
* GEN8 brings an expansion of the HW contexts: "Logical Ring Contexts".
* These expanded contexts enable a number of new abilities, especially
* "Execlists" (also implemented in this file).
*
* One of the main differences with the legacy HW contexts is that logical
* ring contexts incorporate many more things to the context's state, like
* PDPs or ringbuffer control registers:
*
* The reason why PDPs are included in the context is straightforward: as
* PPGTTs (per-process GTTs) are actually per-context, having the PDPs
* contained there mean you don't need to do a ppgtt->switch_mm yourself,
* instead, the GPU will do it for you on the context switch.
*
* But, what about the ringbuffer control registers (head, tail, etc..)?
* shouldn't we just need a set of those per engine command streamer? This is
* where the name "Logical Rings" starts to make sense: by virtualizing the
* rings, the engine cs shifts to a new "ring buffer" with every context
* switch. When you want to submit a workload to the GPU you: A) choose your
* context, B) find its appropriate virtualized ring, C) write commands to it
* and then, finally, D) tell the GPU to switch to that context.
*
* Instead of the legacy MI_SET_CONTEXT, the way you tell the GPU to switch
* to a contexts is via a context execution list, ergo "Execlists".
*
* LRC implementation:
* Regarding the creation of contexts, we have:
*
* - One global default context.
* - One local default context for each opened fd.
* - One local extra context for each context create ioctl call.
*
* Now that ringbuffers belong per-context (and not per-engine, like before)
* and that contexts are uniquely tied to a given engine (and not reusable,
* like before) we need:
*
* - One ringbuffer per-engine inside each context.
* - One backing object per-engine inside each context.
*
* The global default context starts its life with these new objects fully
* allocated and populated. The local default context for each opened fd is
* more complex, because we don't know at creation time which engine is going
* to use them. To handle this, we have implemented a deferred creation of LR
* contexts:
*
* The local context starts its life as a hollow or blank holder, that only
* gets populated for a given engine once we receive an execbuffer. If later
* on we receive another execbuffer ioctl for the same context but a different
* engine, we allocate/populate a new ringbuffer and context backing object and
* so on.
*
* Finally, regarding local contexts created using the ioctl call: as they are
* only allowed with the render ring, we can allocate & populate them right
* away (no need to defer anything, at least for now).
*
* Execlists implementation:
* Execlists are the new method by which, on gen8+ hardware, workloads are
* submitted for execution (as opposed to the legacy, ringbuffer-based, method).
* This method works as follows:
*
* When a request is committed, its commands (the BB start and any leading or
* trailing commands, like the seqno breadcrumbs) are placed in the ringbuffer
* for the appropriate context. The tail pointer in the hardware context is not
* updated at this time, but instead, kept by the driver in the ringbuffer
* structure. A structure representing this request is added to a request queue
* for the appropriate engine: this structure contains a copy of the context's
* tail after the request was written to the ring buffer and a pointer to the
* context itself.
*
* If the engine's request queue was empty before the request was added, the
* queue is processed immediately. Otherwise the queue will be processed during
* a context switch interrupt. In any case, elements on the queue will get sent
* (in pairs) to the GPU's ExecLists Submit Port (ELSP, for short) with a
* globally unique 20-bits submission ID.
*
* When execution of a request completes, the GPU updates the context status
* buffer with a context complete event and generates a context switch interrupt.
* During the interrupt handling, the driver examines the events in the buffer:
* for each context complete event, if the announced ID matches that on the head
* of the request queue, then that request is retired and removed from the queue.
*
* After processing, if any requests were retired and the queue is not empty
* then a new execution list can be submitted. The two requests at the front of
* the queue are next to be submitted but since a context may not occur twice in
* an execution list, if subsequent requests have the same ID as the first then
* the two requests must be combined. This is done simply by discarding requests
* at the head of the queue until either only one requests is left (in which case
* we use a NULL second context) or the first two requests have unique IDs.
*
* By always executing the first two requests in the queue the driver ensures
* that the GPU is kept as busy as possible. In the case where a single context
* completes but a second context is still executing, the request for this second
* context will be at the head of the queue when we remove the first one. This
* request will then be resubmitted along with a new request for a different context,
* which will cause the hardware to continue executing the second request and queue
* the new request (the GPU detects the condition of a context getting preempted
* with the same context and optimizes the context switch flow by not doing
* preemption, but just sampling the new tail pointer).
*
*/
drm/i915: Move execlists irq handler to a bottom half Doing a lot of work in the interrupt handler introduces huge latencies to the system as a whole. Most dramatic effect can be seen by running an all engine stress test like igt/gem_exec_nop/all where, when the kernel config is lean enough, the whole system can be brought into multi-second periods of complete non-interactivty. That can look for example like this: NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#0 stuck for 23s! [kworker/u8:3:143] Modules linked in: [redacted for brevity] CPU: 0 PID: 143 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G U L 4.5.0-160321+ #183 Hardware name: Intel Corporation Broadwell Client platform/WhiteTip Mountain 1 Workqueue: i915 gen6_pm_rps_work [i915] task: ffff8800aae88000 ti: ffff8800aae90000 task.ti: ffff8800aae90000 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8104a3c2>] [<ffffffff8104a3c2>] __do_softirq+0x72/0x1d0 RSP: 0000:ffff88014f403f38 EFLAGS: 00000206 RAX: ffff8800aae94000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 00000000000006e0 RDX: 0000000000000020 RSI: 0000000004208060 RDI: 0000000000215d80 RBP: ffff88014f403f80 R08: 0000000b1b42c180 R09: 0000000000000022 R10: 0000000000000004 R11: 00000000ffffffff R12: 000000000000a030 R13: 0000000000000082 R14: ffff8800aa4d0080 R15: 0000000000000082 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88014f400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007fa53b90c000 CR3: 0000000001a0a000 CR4: 00000000001406f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Stack: 042080601b33869f ffff8800aae94000 00000000fffc2678 ffff88010000000a 0000000000000000 000000000000a030 0000000000005302 ffff8800aa4d0080 0000000000000206 ffff88014f403f90 ffffffff8104a716 ffff88014f403fa8 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104a716>] irq_exit+0x86/0x90 [<ffffffff81031e7d>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x3d/0x50 [<ffffffff814f3eac>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x7c/0x90 <EOI> [<ffffffffa01c5b40>] ? gen8_write64+0x1a0/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff814f2b39>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x9/0x20 [<ffffffffa01c5c44>] gen8_write32+0x104/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff8132c6a2>] ? n_tty_receive_buf_common+0x372/0xae0 [<ffffffffa017cc9e>] gen6_set_rps_thresholds+0x1be/0x330 [i915] [<ffffffffa017eaf0>] gen6_set_rps+0x70/0x200 [i915] [<ffffffffa0185375>] intel_set_rps+0x25/0x30 [i915] [<ffffffffa01768fd>] gen6_pm_rps_work+0x10d/0x2e0 [i915] [<ffffffff81063852>] ? finish_task_switch+0x72/0x1c0 [<ffffffff8105ab29>] process_one_work+0x139/0x350 [<ffffffff8105b186>] worker_thread+0x126/0x490 [<ffffffff8105b060>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320 [<ffffffff8105fa64>] kthread+0xc4/0xe0 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 [<ffffffff814f351f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 I could not explain, or find a code path, which would explain a +20 second lockup, but from some instrumentation it was apparent the interrupts off proportion of time was between 10-25% under heavy load which is quite bad. When a interrupt "cliff" is reached, which was >~320k irq/s on my machine, the whole system goes into a terrible state of the above described multi-second lockups. By moving the GT interrupt handling to a tasklet in a most simple way, the problem above disappears completely. Testing the effect on sytem-wide latencies using igt/gem_syslatency shows the following before this patch: gem_syslatency: cycles=1532739, latency mean=416531.829us max=2499237us gem_syslatency: cycles=1839434, latency mean=1458099.157us max=4998944us gem_syslatency: cycles=1432570, latency mean=2688.451us max=1201185us gem_syslatency: cycles=1533543, latency mean=416520.499us max=2498886us This shows that the unrelated process is experiencing huge delays in its wake-up latency. After the patch the results look like this: gem_syslatency: cycles=808907, latency mean=53.133us max=1640us gem_syslatency: cycles=862154, latency mean=62.778us max=2117us gem_syslatency: cycles=856039, latency mean=58.079us max=2123us gem_syslatency: cycles=841683, latency mean=56.914us max=1667us Showing a huge improvement in the unrelated process wake-up latency. It also shows an approximate halving in the number of total empty batches submitted during the test. This may not be worrying since the test puts the driver under a very unrealistic load with ncpu threads doing empty batch submission to all GPU engines each. Another benefit compared to the hard-irq handling is that now work on all engines can be dispatched in parallel since we can have up to number of CPUs active tasklets. (While previously a single hard-irq would serially dispatch on one engine after another.) More interesting scenario with regards to throughput is "gem_latency -n 100" which shows 25% better throughput and CPU usage, and 14% better dispatch latencies. I did not find any gains or regressions with Synmark2 or GLbench under light testing. More benchmarking is certainly required. v2: * execlists_lock should be taken as spin_lock_bh when queuing work from userspace now. (Chris Wilson) * uncore.lock must be taken with spin_lock_irq when submitting requests since that now runs from either softirq or process context. v3: * Expanded commit message with more testing data; * converted missed locking sites to _bh; * added execlist_lock comment. (Chris Wilson) v4: * Mention dispatch parallelism in commit. (Chris Wilson) * Do not hold uncore.lock over MMIO reads since the block is already serialised per-engine via the tasklet itself. (Chris Wilson) * intel_lrc_irq_handler should be static. (Chris Wilson) * Cancel/sync the tasklet on GPU reset. (Chris Wilson) * Document and WARN that tasklet cannot be active/pending on engine cleanup. (Chris Wilson/Imre Deak) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Imre Deak <imre.deak@intel.com> Testcase: igt/gem_exec_nop/all Bugzilla: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94350 Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1459768316-6670-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-04-04 05:11:56 -06:00
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <drm/drmP.h>
#include <drm/i915_drm.h>
#include "i915_drv.h"
drm/i915: Added Programming of the MOCS This change adds the programming of the MOCS registers to the gen 9+ platforms. The set of MOCS configuration entries introduced by this patch is intended to be minimal but sufficient to cover the needs of current userspace - i.e. a good set of defaults. It is expected to be extended in the future to provide further default values or to allow userspace to redefine its private MOCS tables based on its demand for additional caching configurations. In this setup, userspace should only utilize the first N entries, higher entries are reserved for future use. It creates a fixed register set that is programmed across the different engines so that all engines have the same table. This is done as the main RCS context only holds the registers for itself and the shared L3 values. By trying to keep the registers consistent across the different engines it should make the programming for the registers consistent. v2: -'static const' for private data structures and style changes.(Matt Turner) v3: - Make the tables "slightly" more readable. (Damien Lespiau) - Updated tables fix performance regression. v4: - Code formatting. (Chris Wilson) - re-privatised mocs code. (Daniel Vetter) v5: - Changed the name of a function. (Chris Wilson) v6: - re-based - Added Mesa table entry (skylake & broxton) (Francisco Jerez) - Tidied up the readability defines (Francisco Jerez) - NUMBER of entries defines wrong. (Jim Bish) - Added comments to clear up the meaning of the tables (Jim Bish) Signed-off-by: Peter Antoine <peter.antoine@intel.com> v7 (Francisco Jerez): - Don't write L3-specific MOCS_ESC/SCC values into the e/LLC control tables. Prefix L3-specific defines consistently with L3_ and e/LLC-specific defines with LE_ to avoid this kind of confusion in the future. - Change L3CC WT define back to RESERVED (matches my hardware documentation and the original patch, probably a misunderstanding of my own previous comment). - Drop Android tables, define new minimal tables more suitable for the open source stack. - Add comment that the MOCS tables are part of the kernel ABI. - Move intel_logical_ring_begin() and _advance() calls one level down (Chris Wilson). - Minor formatting and style fixes. v8 (Francisco Jerez): - Add table size sanity check to emit_mocs_control/l3cc_table() (Chris Wilson). - Add comment about undefined entries being implicitly set to uncached for forwards compatibility. v9 (Francisco Jerez): - Minor style fixes. Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net> Acked-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-07-10 11:13:11 -06:00
#include "intel_mocs.h"
#define GEN9_LR_CONTEXT_RENDER_SIZE (22 * PAGE_SIZE)
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
#define GEN8_LR_CONTEXT_RENDER_SIZE (20 * PAGE_SIZE)
#define GEN8_LR_CONTEXT_OTHER_SIZE (2 * PAGE_SIZE)
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
#define RING_EXECLIST_QFULL (1 << 0x2)
#define RING_EXECLIST1_VALID (1 << 0x3)
#define RING_EXECLIST0_VALID (1 << 0x4)
#define RING_EXECLIST_ACTIVE_STATUS (3 << 0xE)
#define RING_EXECLIST1_ACTIVE (1 << 0x11)
#define RING_EXECLIST0_ACTIVE (1 << 0x12)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_IDLE_ACTIVE (1 << 0)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_PREEMPTED (1 << 1)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_ELEMENT_SWITCH (1 << 2)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_ACTIVE_IDLE (1 << 3)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_COMPLETE (1 << 4)
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_LITE_RESTORE (1 << 15)
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
#define GEN8_CTX_STATUS_COMPLETED_MASK \
(GEN8_CTX_STATUS_ACTIVE_IDLE | \
GEN8_CTX_STATUS_PREEMPTED | \
GEN8_CTX_STATUS_ELEMENT_SWITCH)
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
#define CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 0x01
#define CTX_CONTEXT_CONTROL 0x02
#define CTX_RING_HEAD 0x04
#define CTX_RING_TAIL 0x06
#define CTX_RING_BUFFER_START 0x08
#define CTX_RING_BUFFER_CONTROL 0x0a
#define CTX_BB_HEAD_U 0x0c
#define CTX_BB_HEAD_L 0x0e
#define CTX_BB_STATE 0x10
#define CTX_SECOND_BB_HEAD_U 0x12
#define CTX_SECOND_BB_HEAD_L 0x14
#define CTX_SECOND_BB_STATE 0x16
#define CTX_BB_PER_CTX_PTR 0x18
#define CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX 0x1a
#define CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET 0x1c
#define CTX_LRI_HEADER_1 0x21
#define CTX_CTX_TIMESTAMP 0x22
#define CTX_PDP3_UDW 0x24
#define CTX_PDP3_LDW 0x26
#define CTX_PDP2_UDW 0x28
#define CTX_PDP2_LDW 0x2a
#define CTX_PDP1_UDW 0x2c
#define CTX_PDP1_LDW 0x2e
#define CTX_PDP0_UDW 0x30
#define CTX_PDP0_LDW 0x32
#define CTX_LRI_HEADER_2 0x41
#define CTX_R_PWR_CLK_STATE 0x42
#define CTX_GPGPU_CSR_BASE_ADDRESS 0x44
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
#define GEN8_CTX_VALID (1<<0)
#define GEN8_CTX_FORCE_PD_RESTORE (1<<1)
#define GEN8_CTX_FORCE_RESTORE (1<<2)
#define GEN8_CTX_L3LLC_COHERENT (1<<5)
#define GEN8_CTX_PRIVILEGE (1<<8)
#define ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, pos, reg, val) do { \
drm/i915: Type safe register read/write Make I915_READ and I915_WRITE more type safe by wrapping the register offset in a struct. This should eliminate most of the fumbles we've had with misplaced parens. This only takes care of normal mmio registers. We could extend the idea to other register types and define each with its own struct. That way you wouldn't be able to accidentally pass the wrong thing to a specific register access function. The gpio_reg setup is probably the ugliest thing left. But I figure I'd just leave it for now, and wait for some divine inspiration to strike before making it nice. As for the generated code, it's actually a bit better sometimes. Eg. looking at i915_irq_handler(), we can see the following change: lea 0x70024(%rdx,%rax,1),%r9d mov $0x1,%edx - movslq %r9d,%r9 - mov %r9,%rsi - mov %r9,-0x58(%rbp) - callq *0xd8(%rbx) + mov %r9d,%esi + mov %r9d,-0x48(%rbp) callq *0xd8(%rbx) So previously gcc thought the register offset might be signed and decided to sign extend it, just in case. The rest appears to be mostly just minor shuffling of instructions. v2: i915_mmio_reg_{offset,equal,valid}() helpers added s/_REG/_MMIO/ in the register defines mo more switch statements left to worry about ring_emit stuff got sorted in a prep patch cmd parser, lrc context and w/a batch buildup also in prep patch vgpu stuff cleaned up and moved to a prep patch all other unrelated changes split out v3: Rebased due to BXT DSI/BLC, MOCS, etc. v4: Rebased due to churn, s/i915_mmio_reg_t/i915_reg_t/ Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1447853606-2751-1-git-send-email-ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com
2015-11-18 06:33:26 -07:00
(reg_state)[(pos)+0] = i915_mmio_reg_offset(reg); \
(reg_state)[(pos)+1] = (val); \
} while (0)
#define ASSIGN_CTX_PDP(ppgtt, reg_state, n) do { \
const u64 _addr = i915_page_dir_dma_addr((ppgtt), (n)); \
reg_state[CTX_PDP ## n ## _UDW+1] = upper_32_bits(_addr); \
reg_state[CTX_PDP ## n ## _LDW+1] = lower_32_bits(_addr); \
} while (0)
#define ASSIGN_CTX_PML4(ppgtt, reg_state) do { \
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
reg_state[CTX_PDP0_UDW + 1] = upper_32_bits(px_dma(&ppgtt->pml4)); \
reg_state[CTX_PDP0_LDW + 1] = lower_32_bits(px_dma(&ppgtt->pml4)); \
} while (0)
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
enum {
FAULT_AND_HANG = 0,
FAULT_AND_HALT, /* Debug only */
FAULT_AND_STREAM,
FAULT_AND_CONTINUE /* Unsupported */
};
#define GEN8_CTX_ID_SHIFT 32
#define GEN8_CTX_ID_WIDTH 21
#define GEN8_CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET_DEFAULT 0x17
#define GEN9_CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET_DEFAULT 0x26
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
/* Typical size of the average request (2 pipecontrols and a MI_BB) */
#define EXECLISTS_REQUEST_SIZE 64 /* bytes */
#define WA_TAIL_DWORDS 2
static int execlists_context_deferred_alloc(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine);
static int intel_lr_context_pin(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine);
static void execlists_init_reg_state(u32 *reg_state,
struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct intel_ring *ring);
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the ringbuffer backing object to GGTT on-demand Same as with the context, pinning to GGTT regardless is harmful (it badly fragments the GGTT and can even exhaust it). Unfortunately, this case is also more complex than the previous one because we need to map and access the ringbuffer in several places along the execbuffer path (and we cannot make do by leaving the default ringbuffer pinned, as before). Also, the context object itself contains a pointer to the ringbuffer address that we have to keep updated if we are going to allow the ringbuffer to move around. v2: Same as with the context pinning, we cannot really do it during an interrupt. Also, pin the default ringbuffers objects regardless (makes error capture a lot easier). v3: Rebased. Take a pin reference of the ringbuffer for each item in the execlist request queue because the hardware may still be using the ringbuffer after the MI_USER_INTERRUPT to notify the seqno update is executed. The ringbuffer must remain pinned until the context save is complete. No longer pin and unpin ringbuffer in populate_lr_context() - this transient address is meaningless and the pinning can cause a sleep while atomic. v4: Moved ringbuffer pin and unpin into the lr_context_pin functions. Downgraded pinning check BUG_ONs to WARN_ONs. v5: Reinstated WARN_ONs for unexpected execlist states. Removed unused variable. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:56 -07:00
/**
* intel_sanitize_enable_execlists() - sanitize i915.enable_execlists
* @dev_priv: i915 device private
* @enable_execlists: value of i915.enable_execlists module parameter.
*
* Only certain platforms support Execlists (the prerequisites being
* support for Logical Ring Contexts and Aliasing PPGTT or better).
*
* Return: 1 if Execlists is supported and has to be enabled.
*/
int intel_sanitize_enable_execlists(struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv, int enable_execlists)
{
/* On platforms with execlist available, vGPU will only
* support execlist mode, no ring buffer mode.
*/
if (HAS_LOGICAL_RING_CONTEXTS(dev_priv) && intel_vgpu_active(dev_priv))
return 1;
if (INTEL_GEN(dev_priv) >= 9)
return 1;
if (enable_execlists == 0)
return 0;
drm/i915: Revert async unpin and nonblocking atomic commit This reverts the following patches: d55dbd06bb5e1399aba9ab5227465339d1bbefff drm/i915: Allow nonblocking update of pageflips. 15c86bdb760185e871c7a0f559978328aa500971 drm/i915: Check for unpin correctness. 95c2ccdc82d520f59ae3b6fdc097b63c9b7082bb Reapply "drm/i915: Avoid stalling on pending flips for legacy cursor updates" a6747b7304a9d66758a196d885dab8bbfa5e7d1f drm/i915: Make unpin async. 03f476e1fcb42fca88fc50b94b0d3adbdbe887f0 drm/i915: Prepare connectors for nonblocking checks. 2099deffef4404f949ba1b68d2b17e0608190bc2 drm/i915: Pass atomic states to fbc update functions. ee7171af72c39c18b7d7571419a4ac6ca30aea66 drm/i915: Remove reset_counter from intel_crtc. 2ee004f7c59b2e642f0bb2834f847d756f2dd7b7 drm/i915: Remove queue_flip pointer. b8d2afae557dbb9b9c7bc6f6ec4f5278f3c4c34e drm/i915: Remove use_mmio_flip kernel parameter. 8dd634d922615ec3a9af7976029110ec037f8b50 drm/i915: Remove cs based page flip support. 143f73b3bf48c089b40f58462dd7f7c199fd4f0f drm/i915: Rework intel_crtc_page_flip to be almost atomic, v3. 84fc494b64e8c591be446a966b7447a9db519c88 drm/i915: Add the exclusive fence to plane_state. 6885843ae164e11f6c802209d06921e678a3f3f3 drm/i915: Convert flip_work to a list. aa420ddd8eeaa5df579894a412289e4d07c2fee9 drm/i915: Allow mmio updates on all platforms, v2. afee4d8707ab1f21b7668de995be3a5961e83582 Revert "drm/i915: Avoid stalling on pending flips for legacy cursor updates" "drm/i915: Allow nonblocking update of pageflips" should have been split up, misses a proper commit message and seems to cause issues in the legacy page_flip path as demonstrated by kms_flip. "drm/i915: Make unpin async" doesn't handle the unthrottled cursor updates correctly, leading to an apparent pin count leak. This is caught by the WARN_ON in i915_gem_object_do_pin which screams if we have more than DRM_I915_GEM_OBJECT_MAX_PIN_COUNT pins. Unfortuantely we can't just revert these two because this patch series came with a built-in bisect breakage in the form of temporarily removing the unthrottled cursor update hack for legacy cursor ioctl. Therefore there's no other option than to revert the entire pile :( There's one tiny conflict in intel_drv.h due to other patches, nothing serious. Normally I'd wait a bit longer with doing a maintainer revert, but since the minimal set of patches we need to revert (due to the bisect breakage) is so big, time is running out fast. And very soon (especially after a few attempts at fixing issues) it'll be really hard to revert things cleanly. Lessons learned: - Not a good idea to rush the review (done by someone fairly new to the area) and not make sure domain experts had a chance to read it. - Patches should be properly split up. I only looked at the two patches that should be reverted in detail, but both look like the mix up different things in one patch. - Patches really should have proper commit messages. Especially when doing more than one thing, and especially when touching critical and tricky core code. - Building a patch series and r-b stamping it when it has a built-in bisect breakage is not a good idea. - I also think we need to stop building up technical debt by postponing atomic igt testcases even longer. I think it's clear that there's enough corner cases in this beast that we really need to have the testcases _before_ the next step lands. Cc: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com> Cc: Maarten Lankhorst <maarten.lankhorst@linux.intel.com> Cc: Patrik Jakobsson <patrik.jakobsson@linux.intel.com> Cc: John Harrison <John.C.Harrison@Intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Acked-by: Maarten Lankhorst <maarten.lankhorst@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com> Acked-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@intel.com>
2016-05-24 09:13:53 -06:00
if (HAS_LOGICAL_RING_CONTEXTS(dev_priv) &&
USES_PPGTT(dev_priv) &&
i915.use_mmio_flip >= 0)
return 1;
return 0;
}
static void
logical_ring_init_platform_invariants(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
engine->disable_lite_restore_wa =
IS_BXT_REVID(dev_priv, 0, BXT_REVID_A1) &&
(engine->id == VCS || engine->id == VCS2);
engine->ctx_desc_template = GEN8_CTX_VALID;
if (IS_GEN8(dev_priv))
engine->ctx_desc_template |= GEN8_CTX_L3LLC_COHERENT;
engine->ctx_desc_template |= GEN8_CTX_PRIVILEGE;
/* TODO: WaDisableLiteRestore when we start using semaphore
* signalling between Command Streamers */
/* ring->ctx_desc_template |= GEN8_CTX_FORCE_RESTORE; */
/* WaEnableForceRestoreInCtxtDescForVCS:skl */
/* WaEnableForceRestoreInCtxtDescForVCS:bxt */
if (engine->disable_lite_restore_wa)
engine->ctx_desc_template |= GEN8_CTX_FORCE_RESTORE;
}
/**
* intel_lr_context_descriptor_update() - calculate & cache the descriptor
* descriptor for a pinned context
* @ctx: Context to work on
* @engine: Engine the descriptor will be used with
*
* The context descriptor encodes various attributes of a context,
* including its GTT address and some flags. Because it's fairly
* expensive to calculate, we'll just do it once and cache the result,
* which remains valid until the context is unpinned.
*
* This is what a descriptor looks like, from LSB to MSB::
*
* bits 0-11: flags, GEN8_CTX_* (cached in ctx_desc_template)
* bits 12-31: LRCA, GTT address of (the HWSP of) this context
* bits 32-52: ctx ID, a globally unique tag
* bits 53-54: mbz, reserved for use by hardware
* bits 55-63: group ID, currently unused and set to 0
*/
static void
intel_lr_context_descriptor_update(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
{
struct intel_context *ce = &ctx->engine[engine->id];
u64 desc;
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
BUILD_BUG_ON(MAX_CONTEXT_HW_ID > (1<<GEN8_CTX_ID_WIDTH));
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
desc = ctx->desc_template; /* bits 3-4 */
desc |= engine->ctx_desc_template; /* bits 0-11 */
desc |= i915_ggtt_offset(ce->state) + LRC_PPHWSP_PN * PAGE_SIZE;
/* bits 12-31 */
desc |= (u64)ctx->hw_id << GEN8_CTX_ID_SHIFT; /* bits 32-52 */
ce->lrc_desc = desc;
}
uint64_t intel_lr_context_descriptor(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
{
return ctx->engine[engine->id].lrc_desc;
}
static inline void
execlists_context_status_change(struct drm_i915_gem_request *rq,
unsigned long status)
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
{
/*
* Only used when GVT-g is enabled now. When GVT-g is disabled,
* The compiler should eliminate this function as dead-code.
*/
if (!IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_I915_GVT))
return;
atomic_notifier_call_chain(&rq->ctx->status_notifier, status, rq);
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
}
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
static void
execlists_update_context_pdps(struct i915_hw_ppgtt *ppgtt, u32 *reg_state)
{
ASSIGN_CTX_PDP(ppgtt, reg_state, 3);
ASSIGN_CTX_PDP(ppgtt, reg_state, 2);
ASSIGN_CTX_PDP(ppgtt, reg_state, 1);
ASSIGN_CTX_PDP(ppgtt, reg_state, 0);
}
static u64 execlists_update_context(struct drm_i915_gem_request *rq)
{
struct intel_context *ce = &rq->ctx->engine[rq->engine->id];
struct i915_hw_ppgtt *ppgtt = rq->ctx->ppgtt;
u32 *reg_state = ce->lrc_reg_state;
reg_state[CTX_RING_TAIL+1] = intel_ring_offset(rq->ring, rq->tail);
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
/* True 32b PPGTT with dynamic page allocation: update PDP
* registers and point the unallocated PDPs to scratch page.
* PML4 is allocated during ppgtt init, so this is not needed
* in 48-bit mode.
*/
if (ppgtt && !USES_FULL_48BIT_PPGTT(ppgtt->base.dev))
execlists_update_context_pdps(ppgtt, reg_state);
return ce->lrc_desc;
}
static void execlists_submit_ports(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
struct execlist_port *port = engine->execlist_port;
u32 __iomem *elsp =
dev_priv->regs + i915_mmio_reg_offset(RING_ELSP(engine));
u64 desc[2];
if (!port[0].count)
execlists_context_status_change(port[0].request,
INTEL_CONTEXT_SCHEDULE_IN);
desc[0] = execlists_update_context(port[0].request);
engine->preempt_wa = port[0].count++; /* bdw only? fixed on skl? */
if (port[1].request) {
GEM_BUG_ON(port[1].count);
execlists_context_status_change(port[1].request,
INTEL_CONTEXT_SCHEDULE_IN);
desc[1] = execlists_update_context(port[1].request);
port[1].count = 1;
} else {
desc[1] = 0;
}
GEM_BUG_ON(desc[0] == desc[1]);
/* You must always write both descriptors in the order below. */
writel(upper_32_bits(desc[1]), elsp);
writel(lower_32_bits(desc[1]), elsp);
writel(upper_32_bits(desc[0]), elsp);
/* The context is automatically loaded after the following */
writel(lower_32_bits(desc[0]), elsp);
}
static bool ctx_single_port_submission(const struct i915_gem_context *ctx)
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
{
return (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_I915_GVT) &&
ctx->execlists_force_single_submission);
}
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
static bool can_merge_ctx(const struct i915_gem_context *prev,
const struct i915_gem_context *next)
{
if (prev != next)
return false;
drm/i915: Move CSB MMIO reads out of the execlists lock By reading the CSB (slow MMIO accesses) into a temporary local buffer we can decrease the duration of holding the execlist lock. Main advantage is that during heavy batch buffer submission we reduce the execlist lock contention, which should decrease the latency and CPU usage between the submitting userspace process and interrupt handling. Downside is that we need to grab and relase the forcewake twice, but as the below numbers will show this is completely hidden by the primary gains. Testing with "gem_latency -n 100" (submit batch buffers with a hundred nops each) shows more than doubling of the throughput and more than halving of the dispatch latency, overall latency and CPU time spend in the submitting process. Submitting empty batches ("gem_latency -n 0") does not seem significantly affected by this change with throughput and CPU time improving by half a percent, and overall latency worsening by the same amount. Above tests were done in a hundred runs on a big core Broadwell. v2: * Overflow protection to local CSB buffer. * Use closer dev_priv in execlists_submit_requests. (Chris Wilson) v3: Rebase. v4: Added commend about irq needed to be disabled in execlists_submit_request. (Chris Wilson) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilsno <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1458219586-20452-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-03-17 06:59:46 -06:00
if (ctx_single_port_submission(prev))
return false;
drm/i915: Move CSB MMIO reads out of the execlists lock By reading the CSB (slow MMIO accesses) into a temporary local buffer we can decrease the duration of holding the execlist lock. Main advantage is that during heavy batch buffer submission we reduce the execlist lock contention, which should decrease the latency and CPU usage between the submitting userspace process and interrupt handling. Downside is that we need to grab and relase the forcewake twice, but as the below numbers will show this is completely hidden by the primary gains. Testing with "gem_latency -n 100" (submit batch buffers with a hundred nops each) shows more than doubling of the throughput and more than halving of the dispatch latency, overall latency and CPU time spend in the submitting process. Submitting empty batches ("gem_latency -n 0") does not seem significantly affected by this change with throughput and CPU time improving by half a percent, and overall latency worsening by the same amount. Above tests were done in a hundred runs on a big core Broadwell. v2: * Overflow protection to local CSB buffer. * Use closer dev_priv in execlists_submit_requests. (Chris Wilson) v3: Rebase. v4: Added commend about irq needed to be disabled in execlists_submit_request. (Chris Wilson) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilsno <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1458219586-20452-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-03-17 06:59:46 -06:00
return true;
drm/i915/bdw: Implement context switching (somewhat) A context switch occurs by submitting a context descriptor to the ExecList Submission Port. Given that we can now initialize a context, it's possible to begin implementing the context switch by creating the descriptor and submitting it to ELSP (actually two, since the ELSP has two ports). The context object must be mapped in the GGTT, which means it must exist in the 0-4GB graphics VA range. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> v2: This code has changed quite a lot in various rebases. Of particular importance is that now we use the globally unique Submission ID to send to the hardware. Also, context pages are now pinned unconditionally to GGTT, so there is no need to bind them. v3: Use LRCA[31:12] as hwCtxId[19:0]. This guarantees that the HW context ID we submit to the ELSP is globally unique and != 0 (Bspec requirements of the software use-only bits of the Context ID in the Context Descriptor Format) without the hassle of the previous submission Id construction. Also, re-add the ELSP porting read (it was dropped somewhere during the rebases). v4: - Squash with "drm/i915/bdw: Add forcewake lock around ELSP writes" (BSPEC says: "SW must set Force Wakeup bit to prevent GT from entering C6 while ELSP writes are in progress") as noted by Thomas Daniel (thomas.daniel@intel.com). - Rename functions and use an execlists/intel_execlists_ namespace. - The BUG_ON only checked that the LRCA was <32 bits, but it didn't make sure that it was properly aligned. Spotted by Alistair Mcaulay <alistair.mcaulay@intel.com>. v5: - Improved source code comments as suggested by Chris Wilson. - No need to abstract submit_ctx away, as pointed by Brad Volkin. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Checkpatch. Sigh.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:36 -06:00
}
static void execlists_dequeue(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_gem_request *cursor, *last;
struct execlist_port *port = engine->execlist_port;
bool submit = false;
last = port->request;
if (last)
/* WaIdleLiteRestore:bdw,skl
* Apply the wa NOOPs to prevent ring:HEAD == req:TAIL
* as we resubmit the request. See gen8_emit_request()
* for where we prepare the padding after the end of the
* request.
*/
last->tail = last->wa_tail;
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
GEM_BUG_ON(port[1].request);
/* Hardware submission is through 2 ports. Conceptually each port
* has a (RING_START, RING_HEAD, RING_TAIL) tuple. RING_START is
* static for a context, and unique to each, so we only execute
* requests belonging to a single context from each ring. RING_HEAD
* is maintained by the CS in the context image, it marks the place
* where it got up to last time, and through RING_TAIL we tell the CS
* where we want to execute up to this time.
*
* In this list the requests are in order of execution. Consecutive
* requests from the same context are adjacent in the ringbuffer. We
* can combine these requests into a single RING_TAIL update:
*
* RING_HEAD...req1...req2
* ^- RING_TAIL
* since to execute req2 the CS must first execute req1.
*
* Our goal then is to point each port to the end of a consecutive
* sequence of requests as being the most optimal (fewest wake ups
* and context switches) submission.
*/
spin_lock(&engine->execlist_lock);
list_for_each_entry(cursor, &engine->execlist_queue, execlist_link) {
/* Can we combine this request with the current port? It has to
* be the same context/ringbuffer and not have any exceptions
* (e.g. GVT saying never to combine contexts).
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
*
* If we can combine the requests, we can execute both by
* updating the RING_TAIL to point to the end of the second
* request, and so we never need to tell the hardware about
* the first.
*/
if (last && !can_merge_ctx(cursor->ctx, last->ctx)) {
/* If we are on the second port and cannot combine
* this request with the last, then we are done.
*/
if (port != engine->execlist_port)
break;
/* If GVT overrides us we only ever submit port[0],
* leaving port[1] empty. Note that we also have
* to be careful that we don't queue the same
* context (even though a different request) to
* the second port.
*/
if (ctx_single_port_submission(cursor->ctx))
break;
GEM_BUG_ON(last->ctx == cursor->ctx);
i915_gem_request_assign(&port->request, last);
port++;
}
last = cursor;
submit = true;
}
if (submit) {
/* Decouple all the requests submitted from the queue */
engine->execlist_queue.next = &cursor->execlist_link;
cursor->execlist_link.prev = &engine->execlist_queue;
i915_gem_request_assign(&port->request, last);
}
spin_unlock(&engine->execlist_lock);
if (submit)
execlists_submit_ports(engine);
}
static bool execlists_elsp_idle(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
{
return !engine->execlist_port[0].request;
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
}
static bool execlists_elsp_ready(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
int port;
port = 1; /* wait for a free slot */
if (engine->disable_lite_restore_wa || engine->preempt_wa)
port = 0; /* wait for GPU to be idle before continuing */
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
return !engine->execlist_port[port].request;
}
/*
* Check the unread Context Status Buffers and manage the submission of new
* contexts to the ELSP accordingly.
*/
drm/i915: Move execlists irq handler to a bottom half Doing a lot of work in the interrupt handler introduces huge latencies to the system as a whole. Most dramatic effect can be seen by running an all engine stress test like igt/gem_exec_nop/all where, when the kernel config is lean enough, the whole system can be brought into multi-second periods of complete non-interactivty. That can look for example like this: NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#0 stuck for 23s! [kworker/u8:3:143] Modules linked in: [redacted for brevity] CPU: 0 PID: 143 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G U L 4.5.0-160321+ #183 Hardware name: Intel Corporation Broadwell Client platform/WhiteTip Mountain 1 Workqueue: i915 gen6_pm_rps_work [i915] task: ffff8800aae88000 ti: ffff8800aae90000 task.ti: ffff8800aae90000 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8104a3c2>] [<ffffffff8104a3c2>] __do_softirq+0x72/0x1d0 RSP: 0000:ffff88014f403f38 EFLAGS: 00000206 RAX: ffff8800aae94000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 00000000000006e0 RDX: 0000000000000020 RSI: 0000000004208060 RDI: 0000000000215d80 RBP: ffff88014f403f80 R08: 0000000b1b42c180 R09: 0000000000000022 R10: 0000000000000004 R11: 00000000ffffffff R12: 000000000000a030 R13: 0000000000000082 R14: ffff8800aa4d0080 R15: 0000000000000082 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88014f400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007fa53b90c000 CR3: 0000000001a0a000 CR4: 00000000001406f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Stack: 042080601b33869f ffff8800aae94000 00000000fffc2678 ffff88010000000a 0000000000000000 000000000000a030 0000000000005302 ffff8800aa4d0080 0000000000000206 ffff88014f403f90 ffffffff8104a716 ffff88014f403fa8 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104a716>] irq_exit+0x86/0x90 [<ffffffff81031e7d>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x3d/0x50 [<ffffffff814f3eac>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x7c/0x90 <EOI> [<ffffffffa01c5b40>] ? gen8_write64+0x1a0/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff814f2b39>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x9/0x20 [<ffffffffa01c5c44>] gen8_write32+0x104/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff8132c6a2>] ? n_tty_receive_buf_common+0x372/0xae0 [<ffffffffa017cc9e>] gen6_set_rps_thresholds+0x1be/0x330 [i915] [<ffffffffa017eaf0>] gen6_set_rps+0x70/0x200 [i915] [<ffffffffa0185375>] intel_set_rps+0x25/0x30 [i915] [<ffffffffa01768fd>] gen6_pm_rps_work+0x10d/0x2e0 [i915] [<ffffffff81063852>] ? finish_task_switch+0x72/0x1c0 [<ffffffff8105ab29>] process_one_work+0x139/0x350 [<ffffffff8105b186>] worker_thread+0x126/0x490 [<ffffffff8105b060>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320 [<ffffffff8105fa64>] kthread+0xc4/0xe0 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 [<ffffffff814f351f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 I could not explain, or find a code path, which would explain a +20 second lockup, but from some instrumentation it was apparent the interrupts off proportion of time was between 10-25% under heavy load which is quite bad. When a interrupt "cliff" is reached, which was >~320k irq/s on my machine, the whole system goes into a terrible state of the above described multi-second lockups. By moving the GT interrupt handling to a tasklet in a most simple way, the problem above disappears completely. Testing the effect on sytem-wide latencies using igt/gem_syslatency shows the following before this patch: gem_syslatency: cycles=1532739, latency mean=416531.829us max=2499237us gem_syslatency: cycles=1839434, latency mean=1458099.157us max=4998944us gem_syslatency: cycles=1432570, latency mean=2688.451us max=1201185us gem_syslatency: cycles=1533543, latency mean=416520.499us max=2498886us This shows that the unrelated process is experiencing huge delays in its wake-up latency. After the patch the results look like this: gem_syslatency: cycles=808907, latency mean=53.133us max=1640us gem_syslatency: cycles=862154, latency mean=62.778us max=2117us gem_syslatency: cycles=856039, latency mean=58.079us max=2123us gem_syslatency: cycles=841683, latency mean=56.914us max=1667us Showing a huge improvement in the unrelated process wake-up latency. It also shows an approximate halving in the number of total empty batches submitted during the test. This may not be worrying since the test puts the driver under a very unrealistic load with ncpu threads doing empty batch submission to all GPU engines each. Another benefit compared to the hard-irq handling is that now work on all engines can be dispatched in parallel since we can have up to number of CPUs active tasklets. (While previously a single hard-irq would serially dispatch on one engine after another.) More interesting scenario with regards to throughput is "gem_latency -n 100" which shows 25% better throughput and CPU usage, and 14% better dispatch latencies. I did not find any gains or regressions with Synmark2 or GLbench under light testing. More benchmarking is certainly required. v2: * execlists_lock should be taken as spin_lock_bh when queuing work from userspace now. (Chris Wilson) * uncore.lock must be taken with spin_lock_irq when submitting requests since that now runs from either softirq or process context. v3: * Expanded commit message with more testing data; * converted missed locking sites to _bh; * added execlist_lock comment. (Chris Wilson) v4: * Mention dispatch parallelism in commit. (Chris Wilson) * Do not hold uncore.lock over MMIO reads since the block is already serialised per-engine via the tasklet itself. (Chris Wilson) * intel_lrc_irq_handler should be static. (Chris Wilson) * Cancel/sync the tasklet on GPU reset. (Chris Wilson) * Document and WARN that tasklet cannot be active/pending on engine cleanup. (Chris Wilson/Imre Deak) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Imre Deak <imre.deak@intel.com> Testcase: igt/gem_exec_nop/all Bugzilla: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94350 Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1459768316-6670-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-04-04 05:11:56 -06:00
static void intel_lrc_irq_handler(unsigned long data)
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
{
drm/i915: Move execlists irq handler to a bottom half Doing a lot of work in the interrupt handler introduces huge latencies to the system as a whole. Most dramatic effect can be seen by running an all engine stress test like igt/gem_exec_nop/all where, when the kernel config is lean enough, the whole system can be brought into multi-second periods of complete non-interactivty. That can look for example like this: NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#0 stuck for 23s! [kworker/u8:3:143] Modules linked in: [redacted for brevity] CPU: 0 PID: 143 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G U L 4.5.0-160321+ #183 Hardware name: Intel Corporation Broadwell Client platform/WhiteTip Mountain 1 Workqueue: i915 gen6_pm_rps_work [i915] task: ffff8800aae88000 ti: ffff8800aae90000 task.ti: ffff8800aae90000 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8104a3c2>] [<ffffffff8104a3c2>] __do_softirq+0x72/0x1d0 RSP: 0000:ffff88014f403f38 EFLAGS: 00000206 RAX: ffff8800aae94000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 00000000000006e0 RDX: 0000000000000020 RSI: 0000000004208060 RDI: 0000000000215d80 RBP: ffff88014f403f80 R08: 0000000b1b42c180 R09: 0000000000000022 R10: 0000000000000004 R11: 00000000ffffffff R12: 000000000000a030 R13: 0000000000000082 R14: ffff8800aa4d0080 R15: 0000000000000082 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88014f400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007fa53b90c000 CR3: 0000000001a0a000 CR4: 00000000001406f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Stack: 042080601b33869f ffff8800aae94000 00000000fffc2678 ffff88010000000a 0000000000000000 000000000000a030 0000000000005302 ffff8800aa4d0080 0000000000000206 ffff88014f403f90 ffffffff8104a716 ffff88014f403fa8 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104a716>] irq_exit+0x86/0x90 [<ffffffff81031e7d>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x3d/0x50 [<ffffffff814f3eac>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x7c/0x90 <EOI> [<ffffffffa01c5b40>] ? gen8_write64+0x1a0/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff814f2b39>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x9/0x20 [<ffffffffa01c5c44>] gen8_write32+0x104/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff8132c6a2>] ? n_tty_receive_buf_common+0x372/0xae0 [<ffffffffa017cc9e>] gen6_set_rps_thresholds+0x1be/0x330 [i915] [<ffffffffa017eaf0>] gen6_set_rps+0x70/0x200 [i915] [<ffffffffa0185375>] intel_set_rps+0x25/0x30 [i915] [<ffffffffa01768fd>] gen6_pm_rps_work+0x10d/0x2e0 [i915] [<ffffffff81063852>] ? finish_task_switch+0x72/0x1c0 [<ffffffff8105ab29>] process_one_work+0x139/0x350 [<ffffffff8105b186>] worker_thread+0x126/0x490 [<ffffffff8105b060>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320 [<ffffffff8105fa64>] kthread+0xc4/0xe0 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 [<ffffffff814f351f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 I could not explain, or find a code path, which would explain a +20 second lockup, but from some instrumentation it was apparent the interrupts off proportion of time was between 10-25% under heavy load which is quite bad. When a interrupt "cliff" is reached, which was >~320k irq/s on my machine, the whole system goes into a terrible state of the above described multi-second lockups. By moving the GT interrupt handling to a tasklet in a most simple way, the problem above disappears completely. Testing the effect on sytem-wide latencies using igt/gem_syslatency shows the following before this patch: gem_syslatency: cycles=1532739, latency mean=416531.829us max=2499237us gem_syslatency: cycles=1839434, latency mean=1458099.157us max=4998944us gem_syslatency: cycles=1432570, latency mean=2688.451us max=1201185us gem_syslatency: cycles=1533543, latency mean=416520.499us max=2498886us This shows that the unrelated process is experiencing huge delays in its wake-up latency. After the patch the results look like this: gem_syslatency: cycles=808907, latency mean=53.133us max=1640us gem_syslatency: cycles=862154, latency mean=62.778us max=2117us gem_syslatency: cycles=856039, latency mean=58.079us max=2123us gem_syslatency: cycles=841683, latency mean=56.914us max=1667us Showing a huge improvement in the unrelated process wake-up latency. It also shows an approximate halving in the number of total empty batches submitted during the test. This may not be worrying since the test puts the driver under a very unrealistic load with ncpu threads doing empty batch submission to all GPU engines each. Another benefit compared to the hard-irq handling is that now work on all engines can be dispatched in parallel since we can have up to number of CPUs active tasklets. (While previously a single hard-irq would serially dispatch on one engine after another.) More interesting scenario with regards to throughput is "gem_latency -n 100" which shows 25% better throughput and CPU usage, and 14% better dispatch latencies. I did not find any gains or regressions with Synmark2 or GLbench under light testing. More benchmarking is certainly required. v2: * execlists_lock should be taken as spin_lock_bh when queuing work from userspace now. (Chris Wilson) * uncore.lock must be taken with spin_lock_irq when submitting requests since that now runs from either softirq or process context. v3: * Expanded commit message with more testing data; * converted missed locking sites to _bh; * added execlist_lock comment. (Chris Wilson) v4: * Mention dispatch parallelism in commit. (Chris Wilson) * Do not hold uncore.lock over MMIO reads since the block is already serialised per-engine via the tasklet itself. (Chris Wilson) * intel_lrc_irq_handler should be static. (Chris Wilson) * Cancel/sync the tasklet on GPU reset. (Chris Wilson) * Document and WARN that tasklet cannot be active/pending on engine cleanup. (Chris Wilson/Imre Deak) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Imre Deak <imre.deak@intel.com> Testcase: igt/gem_exec_nop/all Bugzilla: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94350 Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1459768316-6670-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-04-04 05:11:56 -06:00
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = (struct intel_engine_cs *)data;
struct execlist_port *port = engine->execlist_port;
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
intel_uncore_forcewake_get(dev_priv, engine->fw_domains);
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
if (!execlists_elsp_idle(engine)) {
u32 __iomem *csb_mmio =
dev_priv->regs + i915_mmio_reg_offset(RING_CONTEXT_STATUS_PTR(engine));
u32 __iomem *buf =
dev_priv->regs + i915_mmio_reg_offset(RING_CONTEXT_STATUS_BUF_LO(engine, 0));
unsigned int csb, head, tail;
csb = readl(csb_mmio);
head = GEN8_CSB_READ_PTR(csb);
tail = GEN8_CSB_WRITE_PTR(csb);
if (tail < head)
tail += GEN8_CSB_ENTRIES;
while (head < tail) {
unsigned int idx = ++head % GEN8_CSB_ENTRIES;
unsigned int status = readl(buf + 2 * idx);
if (!(status & GEN8_CTX_STATUS_COMPLETED_MASK))
continue;
GEM_BUG_ON(port[0].count == 0);
if (--port[0].count == 0) {
GEM_BUG_ON(status & GEN8_CTX_STATUS_PREEMPTED);
execlists_context_status_change(port[0].request,
INTEL_CONTEXT_SCHEDULE_OUT);
i915_gem_request_put(port[0].request);
port[0] = port[1];
memset(&port[1], 0, sizeof(port[1]));
engine->preempt_wa = false;
}
drm/i915: Move CSB MMIO reads out of the execlists lock By reading the CSB (slow MMIO accesses) into a temporary local buffer we can decrease the duration of holding the execlist lock. Main advantage is that during heavy batch buffer submission we reduce the execlist lock contention, which should decrease the latency and CPU usage between the submitting userspace process and interrupt handling. Downside is that we need to grab and relase the forcewake twice, but as the below numbers will show this is completely hidden by the primary gains. Testing with "gem_latency -n 100" (submit batch buffers with a hundred nops each) shows more than doubling of the throughput and more than halving of the dispatch latency, overall latency and CPU time spend in the submitting process. Submitting empty batches ("gem_latency -n 0") does not seem significantly affected by this change with throughput and CPU time improving by half a percent, and overall latency worsening by the same amount. Above tests were done in a hundred runs on a big core Broadwell. v2: * Overflow protection to local CSB buffer. * Use closer dev_priv in execlists_submit_requests. (Chris Wilson) v3: Rebase. v4: Added commend about irq needed to be disabled in execlists_submit_request. (Chris Wilson) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilsno <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1458219586-20452-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-03-17 06:59:46 -06:00
GEM_BUG_ON(port[0].count == 0 &&
!(status & GEN8_CTX_STATUS_ACTIVE_IDLE));
drm/i915/bdw: Avoid non-lite-restore preemptions In the current Execlists feeding mechanism, full preemption is not supported yet: only lite-restores are allowed (this is: the GPU simply samples a new tail pointer for the context currently in execution). But we have identified an scenario in which a full preemption occurs: 1) We submit two contexts for execution (A & B). 2) The GPU finishes with the first one (A), switches to the second one (B) and informs us. 3) We submit B again (hoping to cause a lite restore) together with C, but in the time we spend writing to the ELSP, the GPU finishes B. 4) The GPU start executing B again (since we told it so). 5) We receive a B finished interrupt and, mistakenly, we submit C (again) and D, causing a full preemption of B. The race is avoided by keeping track of how many times a context has been submitted to the hardware and by better discriminating the received context switch interrupts: in the example, when we have submitted B twice, we won´t submit C and D as soon as we receive the notification that B is completed because we were expecting to get a LITE_RESTORE and we didn´t, so we know a second completion will be received shortly. Without this explicit checking, somehow, the batch buffer execution order gets messed with. This can be verified with the IGT test I sent together with the series. I don´t know the exact mechanism by which the pre-emption messes with the execution order but, since other people is working on the Scheduler + Preemption on Execlists, I didn´t try to fix it. In these series, only Lite Restores are supported (other kind of preemptions WARN). v2: elsp_submitted belongs in the new intel_ctx_submit_request. Several rebase changes. v3: Clarify how the race is avoided, as requested by Daniel. Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> [danvet: Align function parameters ...] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:40 -06:00
}
writel(_MASKED_FIELD(GEN8_CSB_READ_PTR_MASK,
GEN8_CSB_WRITE_PTR(csb) << 8),
csb_mmio);
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
}
if (execlists_elsp_ready(engine))
execlists_dequeue(engine);
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
intel_uncore_forcewake_put(dev_priv, engine->fw_domains);
2014-07-24 10:04:39 -06:00
}
static void execlists_submit_request(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = request->engine;
unsigned long flags;
spin_lock_irqsave(&engine->execlist_lock, flags);
list_add_tail(&request->execlist_link, &engine->execlist_queue);
if (execlists_elsp_idle(engine))
tasklet_hi_schedule(&engine->irq_tasklet);
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&engine->execlist_lock, flags);
}
int intel_logical_ring_alloc_request_extras(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = request->engine;
struct intel_context *ce = &request->ctx->engine[engine->id];
int ret;
/* Flush enough space to reduce the likelihood of waiting after
* we start building the request - in which case we will just
* have to repeat work.
*/
request->reserved_space += EXECLISTS_REQUEST_SIZE;
if (!ce->state) {
ret = execlists_context_deferred_alloc(request->ctx, engine);
if (ret)
return ret;
}
request->ring = ce->ring;
ret = intel_lr_context_pin(request->ctx, engine);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (i915.enable_guc_submission) {
/*
* Check that the GuC has space for the request before
* going any further, as the i915_add_request() call
* later on mustn't fail ...
*/
ret = i915_guc_wq_reserve(request);
if (ret)
goto err_unpin;
}
ret = intel_ring_begin(request, 0);
if (ret)
goto err_unreserve;
if (!ce->initialised) {
ret = engine->init_context(request);
if (ret)
goto err_unreserve;
ce->initialised = true;
}
/* Note that after this point, we have committed to using
* this request as it is being used to both track the
* state of engine initialisation and liveness of the
* golden renderstate above. Think twice before you try
* to cancel/unwind this request now.
*/
request->reserved_space -= EXECLISTS_REQUEST_SIZE;
return 0;
err_unreserve:
if (i915.enable_guc_submission)
i915_guc_wq_unreserve(request);
err_unpin:
intel_lr_context_unpin(request->ctx, engine);
return ret;
}
/*
* intel_logical_ring_advance() - advance the tail and prepare for submission
* @request: Request to advance the logical ringbuffer of.
*
* The tail is updated in our logical ringbuffer struct, not in the actual context. What
* really happens during submission is that the context and current tail will be placed
* on a queue waiting for the ELSP to be ready to accept a new context submission. At that
* point, the tail *inside* the context is updated and the ELSP written to.
*/
static int
intel_logical_ring_advance(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = request->ring;
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = request->engine;
intel_ring_advance(ring);
request->tail = ring->tail;
/*
* Here we add two extra NOOPs as padding to avoid
* lite restore of a context with HEAD==TAIL.
*
* Caller must reserve WA_TAIL_DWORDS for us!
*/
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
intel_ring_advance(ring);
request->wa_tail = ring->tail;
drm/i915: Integrate GuC-based command submission GuC-based submission is mostly the same as execlist mode, up to intel_logical_ring_advance_and_submit(), where the context being dispatched would be added to the execlist queue; at this point we submit the context to the GuC backend instead. There are, however, a few other changes also required, notably: 1. Contexts must be pinned at GGTT addresses accessible by the GuC i.e. NOT in the range [0..WOPCM_SIZE), so we have to add the PIN_OFFSET_BIAS flag to the relevant GGTT-pinning calls. 2. The GuC's TLB must be invalidated after a context is pinned at a new GGTT address. 3. GuC firmware uses the one page before Ring Context as shared data. Therefore, whenever driver wants to get base address of LRC, we will offset one page for it. LRC_PPHWSP_PN is defined as the page number of LRCA. 4. In the work queue used to pass requests to the GuC, the GuC firmware requires the ring-tail-offset to be represented as an 11-bit value, expressed in QWords. Therefore, the ringbuffer size must be reduced to the representable range (4 pages). v2: Defer adding #defines until needed [Chris Wilson] Rationalise type declarations [Chris Wilson] v4: Squashed kerneldoc patch into here [Daniel Vetter] v5: Update request->tail in code common to both GuC and execlist modes. Add a private version of lr_context_update(), as sharing the execlist version leads to race conditions when the CPU and the GuC both update TAIL in the context image. Conversion of error-captured HWS page to string must account for offset from start of object to actual HWS (LRC_PPHWSP_PN). Issue: VIZ-4884 Signed-off-by: Alex Dai <yu.dai@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tom O'Rourke <Tom.O'Rourke@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-08-12 08:43:43 -06:00
/* We keep the previous context alive until we retire the following
* request. This ensures that any the context object is still pinned
* for any residual writes the HW makes into it on the context switch
* into the next object following the breadcrumb. Otherwise, we may
* retire the context too early.
*/
request->previous_context = engine->last_context;
engine->last_context = request->ctx;
return 0;
}
static int intel_lr_context_pin(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the context backing objects to GGTT on-demand Up until now, we have pinned every logical ring context backing object during creation, and left it pinned until destruction. This made my life easier, but it's a harmful thing to do, because we cause fragmentation of the GGTT (and, eventually, we would run out of space). This patch makes the pinning on-demand: the backing objects of the two contexts that are written to the ELSP are pinned right before submission and unpinned once the hardware is done with them. The only context that is still pinned regardless is the global default one, so that the HWS can still be accessed in the same way (ring->status_page). v2: In the early version of this patch, we were pinning the context as we put it into the ELSP: on the one hand, this is very efficient because only a maximum two contexts are pinned at any given time, but on the other hand, we cannot really pin in interrupt time :( v3: Use a mutex rather than atomic_t to protect pin count to avoid races. Do not unpin default context in free_request. v4: Break out pin and unpin into functions. Fix style problems reported by checkpatch v5: Remove unpin_lock as all pinning and unpinning is done with the struct mutex already locked. Add WARN_ONs to make sure this is the case in future. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:10 -07:00
{
struct intel_context *ce = &ctx->engine[engine->id];
void *vaddr;
int ret;
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the context backing objects to GGTT on-demand Up until now, we have pinned every logical ring context backing object during creation, and left it pinned until destruction. This made my life easier, but it's a harmful thing to do, because we cause fragmentation of the GGTT (and, eventually, we would run out of space). This patch makes the pinning on-demand: the backing objects of the two contexts that are written to the ELSP are pinned right before submission and unpinned once the hardware is done with them. The only context that is still pinned regardless is the global default one, so that the HWS can still be accessed in the same way (ring->status_page). v2: In the early version of this patch, we were pinning the context as we put it into the ELSP: on the one hand, this is very efficient because only a maximum two contexts are pinned at any given time, but on the other hand, we cannot really pin in interrupt time :( v3: Use a mutex rather than atomic_t to protect pin count to avoid races. Do not unpin default context in free_request. v4: Break out pin and unpin into functions. Fix style problems reported by checkpatch v5: Remove unpin_lock as all pinning and unpinning is done with the struct mutex already locked. Add WARN_ONs to make sure this is the case in future. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:10 -07:00
lockdep_assert_held(&ctx->i915->drm.struct_mutex);
if (ce->pin_count++)
return 0;
ret = i915_vma_pin(ce->state, 0, GEN8_LR_CONTEXT_ALIGN,
PIN_OFFSET_BIAS | GUC_WOPCM_TOP | PIN_GLOBAL);
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
if (ret)
goto err;
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the ringbuffer backing object to GGTT on-demand Same as with the context, pinning to GGTT regardless is harmful (it badly fragments the GGTT and can even exhaust it). Unfortunately, this case is also more complex than the previous one because we need to map and access the ringbuffer in several places along the execbuffer path (and we cannot make do by leaving the default ringbuffer pinned, as before). Also, the context object itself contains a pointer to the ringbuffer address that we have to keep updated if we are going to allow the ringbuffer to move around. v2: Same as with the context pinning, we cannot really do it during an interrupt. Also, pin the default ringbuffers objects regardless (makes error capture a lot easier). v3: Rebased. Take a pin reference of the ringbuffer for each item in the execlist request queue because the hardware may still be using the ringbuffer after the MI_USER_INTERRUPT to notify the seqno update is executed. The ringbuffer must remain pinned until the context save is complete. No longer pin and unpin ringbuffer in populate_lr_context() - this transient address is meaningless and the pinning can cause a sleep while atomic. v4: Moved ringbuffer pin and unpin into the lr_context_pin functions. Downgraded pinning check BUG_ONs to WARN_ONs. v5: Reinstated WARN_ONs for unexpected execlist states. Removed unused variable. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:56 -07:00
vaddr = i915_gem_object_pin_map(ce->state->obj, I915_MAP_WB);
if (IS_ERR(vaddr)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(vaddr);
goto unpin_vma;
}
ret = intel_ring_pin(ce->ring);
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
if (ret)
goto unpin_map;
drm/i915: Integrate GuC-based command submission GuC-based submission is mostly the same as execlist mode, up to intel_logical_ring_advance_and_submit(), where the context being dispatched would be added to the execlist queue; at this point we submit the context to the GuC backend instead. There are, however, a few other changes also required, notably: 1. Contexts must be pinned at GGTT addresses accessible by the GuC i.e. NOT in the range [0..WOPCM_SIZE), so we have to add the PIN_OFFSET_BIAS flag to the relevant GGTT-pinning calls. 2. The GuC's TLB must be invalidated after a context is pinned at a new GGTT address. 3. GuC firmware uses the one page before Ring Context as shared data. Therefore, whenever driver wants to get base address of LRC, we will offset one page for it. LRC_PPHWSP_PN is defined as the page number of LRCA. 4. In the work queue used to pass requests to the GuC, the GuC firmware requires the ring-tail-offset to be represented as an 11-bit value, expressed in QWords. Therefore, the ringbuffer size must be reduced to the representable range (4 pages). v2: Defer adding #defines until needed [Chris Wilson] Rationalise type declarations [Chris Wilson] v4: Squashed kerneldoc patch into here [Daniel Vetter] v5: Update request->tail in code common to both GuC and execlist modes. Add a private version of lr_context_update(), as sharing the execlist version leads to race conditions when the CPU and the GuC both update TAIL in the context image. Conversion of error-captured HWS page to string must account for offset from start of object to actual HWS (LRC_PPHWSP_PN). Issue: VIZ-4884 Signed-off-by: Alex Dai <yu.dai@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tom O'Rourke <Tom.O'Rourke@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-08-12 08:43:43 -06:00
intel_lr_context_descriptor_update(ctx, engine);
ce->lrc_reg_state = vaddr + LRC_STATE_PN * PAGE_SIZE;
ce->lrc_reg_state[CTX_RING_BUFFER_START+1] =
i915_ggtt_offset(ce->ring->vma);
ce->state->obj->dirty = true;
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
/* Invalidate GuC TLB. */
if (i915.enable_guc_submission) {
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = ctx->i915;
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
I915_WRITE(GEN8_GTCR, GEN8_GTCR_INVALIDATE);
}
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the context backing objects to GGTT on-demand Up until now, we have pinned every logical ring context backing object during creation, and left it pinned until destruction. This made my life easier, but it's a harmful thing to do, because we cause fragmentation of the GGTT (and, eventually, we would run out of space). This patch makes the pinning on-demand: the backing objects of the two contexts that are written to the ELSP are pinned right before submission and unpinned once the hardware is done with them. The only context that is still pinned regardless is the global default one, so that the HWS can still be accessed in the same way (ring->status_page). v2: In the early version of this patch, we were pinning the context as we put it into the ELSP: on the one hand, this is very efficient because only a maximum two contexts are pinned at any given time, but on the other hand, we cannot really pin in interrupt time :( v3: Use a mutex rather than atomic_t to protect pin count to avoid races. Do not unpin default context in free_request. v4: Break out pin and unpin into functions. Fix style problems reported by checkpatch v5: Remove unpin_lock as all pinning and unpinning is done with the struct mutex already locked. Add WARN_ONs to make sure this is the case in future. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:10 -07:00
i915_gem_context_get(ctx);
return 0;
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the ringbuffer backing object to GGTT on-demand Same as with the context, pinning to GGTT regardless is harmful (it badly fragments the GGTT and can even exhaust it). Unfortunately, this case is also more complex than the previous one because we need to map and access the ringbuffer in several places along the execbuffer path (and we cannot make do by leaving the default ringbuffer pinned, as before). Also, the context object itself contains a pointer to the ringbuffer address that we have to keep updated if we are going to allow the ringbuffer to move around. v2: Same as with the context pinning, we cannot really do it during an interrupt. Also, pin the default ringbuffers objects regardless (makes error capture a lot easier). v3: Rebased. Take a pin reference of the ringbuffer for each item in the execlist request queue because the hardware may still be using the ringbuffer after the MI_USER_INTERRUPT to notify the seqno update is executed. The ringbuffer must remain pinned until the context save is complete. No longer pin and unpin ringbuffer in populate_lr_context() - this transient address is meaningless and the pinning can cause a sleep while atomic. v4: Moved ringbuffer pin and unpin into the lr_context_pin functions. Downgraded pinning check BUG_ONs to WARN_ONs. v5: Reinstated WARN_ONs for unexpected execlist states. Removed unused variable. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:56 -07:00
unpin_map:
i915_gem_object_unpin_map(ce->state->obj);
unpin_vma:
__i915_vma_unpin(ce->state);
err:
ce->pin_count = 0;
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
return ret;
}
void intel_lr_context_unpin(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
{
struct intel_context *ce = &ctx->engine[engine->id];
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
lockdep_assert_held(&ctx->i915->drm.struct_mutex);
GEM_BUG_ON(ce->pin_count == 0);
if (--ce->pin_count)
return;
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
intel_ring_unpin(ce->ring);
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the context backing objects to GGTT on-demand Up until now, we have pinned every logical ring context backing object during creation, and left it pinned until destruction. This made my life easier, but it's a harmful thing to do, because we cause fragmentation of the GGTT (and, eventually, we would run out of space). This patch makes the pinning on-demand: the backing objects of the two contexts that are written to the ELSP are pinned right before submission and unpinned once the hardware is done with them. The only context that is still pinned regardless is the global default one, so that the HWS can still be accessed in the same way (ring->status_page). v2: In the early version of this patch, we were pinning the context as we put it into the ELSP: on the one hand, this is very efficient because only a maximum two contexts are pinned at any given time, but on the other hand, we cannot really pin in interrupt time :( v3: Use a mutex rather than atomic_t to protect pin count to avoid races. Do not unpin default context in free_request. v4: Break out pin and unpin into functions. Fix style problems reported by checkpatch v5: Remove unpin_lock as all pinning and unpinning is done with the struct mutex already locked. Add WARN_ONs to make sure this is the case in future. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:10 -07:00
i915_gem_object_unpin_map(ce->state->obj);
i915_vma_unpin(ce->state);
i915_gem_context_put(ctx);
drm/i915/bdw: Pin the context backing objects to GGTT on-demand Up until now, we have pinned every logical ring context backing object during creation, and left it pinned until destruction. This made my life easier, but it's a harmful thing to do, because we cause fragmentation of the GGTT (and, eventually, we would run out of space). This patch makes the pinning on-demand: the backing objects of the two contexts that are written to the ELSP are pinned right before submission and unpinned once the hardware is done with them. The only context that is still pinned regardless is the global default one, so that the HWS can still be accessed in the same way (ring->status_page). v2: In the early version of this patch, we were pinning the context as we put it into the ELSP: on the one hand, this is very efficient because only a maximum two contexts are pinned at any given time, but on the other hand, we cannot really pin in interrupt time :( v3: Use a mutex rather than atomic_t to protect pin count to avoid races. Do not unpin default context in free_request. v4: Break out pin and unpin into functions. Fix style problems reported by checkpatch v5: Remove unpin_lock as all pinning and unpinning is done with the struct mutex already locked. Add WARN_ONs to make sure this is the case in future. Issue: VIZ-4277 Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Akash Goel <akash.goels@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Deepak S<deepak.s@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-11-13 03:28:10 -07:00
}
static int intel_logical_ring_workarounds_emit(struct drm_i915_gem_request *req)
{
int ret, i;
struct intel_ring *ring = req->ring;
struct i915_workarounds *w = &req->i915->workarounds;
if (w->count == 0)
return 0;
ret = req->engine->emit_flush(req, EMIT_BARRIER);
if (ret)
return ret;
ret = intel_ring_begin(req, w->count * 2 + 2);
if (ret)
return ret;
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(w->count));
for (i = 0; i < w->count; i++) {
intel_ring_emit_reg(ring, w->reg[i].addr);
intel_ring_emit(ring, w->reg[i].value);
}
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
intel_ring_advance(ring);
ret = req->engine->emit_flush(req, EMIT_BARRIER);
if (ret)
return ret;
return 0;
}
#define wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, cmd) \
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
do { \
int __index = (index)++; \
if (WARN_ON(__index >= (PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t)))) { \
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
return -ENOSPC; \
} \
batch[__index] = (cmd); \
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
} while (0)
#define wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, reg) \
drm/i915: Type safe register read/write Make I915_READ and I915_WRITE more type safe by wrapping the register offset in a struct. This should eliminate most of the fumbles we've had with misplaced parens. This only takes care of normal mmio registers. We could extend the idea to other register types and define each with its own struct. That way you wouldn't be able to accidentally pass the wrong thing to a specific register access function. The gpio_reg setup is probably the ugliest thing left. But I figure I'd just leave it for now, and wait for some divine inspiration to strike before making it nice. As for the generated code, it's actually a bit better sometimes. Eg. looking at i915_irq_handler(), we can see the following change: lea 0x70024(%rdx,%rax,1),%r9d mov $0x1,%edx - movslq %r9d,%r9 - mov %r9,%rsi - mov %r9,-0x58(%rbp) - callq *0xd8(%rbx) + mov %r9d,%esi + mov %r9d,-0x48(%rbp) callq *0xd8(%rbx) So previously gcc thought the register offset might be signed and decided to sign extend it, just in case. The rest appears to be mostly just minor shuffling of instructions. v2: i915_mmio_reg_{offset,equal,valid}() helpers added s/_REG/_MMIO/ in the register defines mo more switch statements left to worry about ring_emit stuff got sorted in a prep patch cmd parser, lrc context and w/a batch buildup also in prep patch vgpu stuff cleaned up and moved to a prep patch all other unrelated changes split out v3: Rebased due to BXT DSI/BLC, MOCS, etc. v4: Rebased due to churn, s/i915_mmio_reg_t/i915_reg_t/ Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1447853606-2751-1-git-send-email-ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com
2015-11-18 06:33:26 -07:00
wa_ctx_emit((batch), (index), i915_mmio_reg_offset(reg))
/*
* In this WA we need to set GEN8_L3SQCREG4[21:21] and reset it after
* PIPE_CONTROL instruction. This is required for the flush to happen correctly
* but there is a slight complication as this is applied in WA batch where the
* values are only initialized once so we cannot take register value at the
* beginning and reuse it further; hence we save its value to memory, upload a
* constant value with bit21 set and then we restore it back with the saved value.
* To simplify the WA, a constant value is formed by using the default value
* of this register. This shouldn't be a problem because we are only modifying
* it for a short period and this batch in non-premptible. We can ofcourse
* use additional instructions that read the actual value of the register
* at that time and set our bit of interest but it makes the WA complicated.
*
* This WA is also required for Gen9 so extracting as a function avoids
* code duplication.
*/
static inline int gen8_emit_flush_coherentl3_wa(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
uint32_t *batch,
uint32_t index)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
uint32_t l3sqc4_flush = (0x40400000 | GEN8_LQSC_FLUSH_COHERENT_LINES);
/*
* WaDisableLSQCROPERFforOCL:kbl
* This WA is implemented in skl_init_clock_gating() but since
* this batch updates GEN8_L3SQCREG4 with default value we need to
* set this bit here to retain the WA during flush.
*/
if (IS_KBL_REVID(dev_priv, 0, KBL_REVID_E0))
l3sqc4_flush |= GEN8_LQSC_RO_PERF_DIS;
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, (MI_STORE_REGISTER_MEM_GEN8 |
MI_SRM_LRM_GLOBAL_GTT));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN8_L3SQCREG4);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, i915_ggtt_offset(engine->scratch) + 256);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(1));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN8_L3SQCREG4);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, l3sqc4_flush);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, (PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL |
PIPE_CONTROL_DC_FLUSH_ENABLE));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, (MI_LOAD_REGISTER_MEM_GEN8 |
MI_SRM_LRM_GLOBAL_GTT));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN8_L3SQCREG4);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, i915_ggtt_offset(engine->scratch) + 256);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
return index;
}
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
static inline uint32_t wa_ctx_start(struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t offset,
uint32_t start_alignment)
{
return wa_ctx->offset = ALIGN(offset, start_alignment);
}
static inline int wa_ctx_end(struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t offset,
uint32_t size_alignment)
{
wa_ctx->size = offset - wa_ctx->offset;
WARN(wa_ctx->size % size_alignment,
"wa_ctx_bb failed sanity checks: size %d is not aligned to %d\n",
wa_ctx->size, size_alignment);
return 0;
}
/*
* Typically we only have one indirect_ctx and per_ctx batch buffer which are
* initialized at the beginning and shared across all contexts but this field
* helps us to have multiple batches at different offsets and select them based
* on a criteria. At the moment this batch always start at the beginning of the page
* and at this point we don't have multiple wa_ctx batch buffers.
*
* The number of WA applied are not known at the beginning; we use this field
* to return the no of DWORDS written.
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
*
* It is to be noted that this batch does not contain MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END
* so it adds NOOPs as padding to make it cacheline aligned.
* MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END will be added to perctx batch and both of them together
* makes a complete batch buffer.
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
*/
static int gen8_init_indirectctx_bb(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t *batch,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
uint32_t *offset)
{
uint32_t scratch_addr;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
uint32_t index = wa_ctx_start(wa_ctx, *offset, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
/* WaDisableCtxRestoreArbitration:bdw,chv */
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_ARB_ON_OFF | MI_ARB_DISABLE);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
/* WaFlushCoherentL3CacheLinesAtContextSwitch:bdw */
if (IS_BROADWELL(engine->i915)) {
int rc = gen8_emit_flush_coherentl3_wa(engine, batch, index);
if (rc < 0)
return rc;
index = rc;
}
/* WaClearSlmSpaceAtContextSwitch:bdw,chv */
/* Actual scratch location is at 128 bytes offset */
scratch_addr = i915_ggtt_offset(engine->scratch) + 2 * CACHELINE_BYTES;
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, (PIPE_CONTROL_FLUSH_L3 |
PIPE_CONTROL_GLOBAL_GTT_IVB |
PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL |
PIPE_CONTROL_QW_WRITE));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, scratch_addr);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
/* Pad to end of cacheline */
while (index % CACHELINE_DWORDS)
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_NOOP);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
/*
* MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END is not required in Indirect ctx BB because
* execution depends on the length specified in terms of cache lines
* in the register CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX
*/
return wa_ctx_end(wa_ctx, *offset = index, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
}
/*
* This batch is started immediately after indirect_ctx batch. Since we ensure
* that indirect_ctx ends on a cacheline this batch is aligned automatically.
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
*
* The number of DWORDS written are returned using this field.
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
*
* This batch is terminated with MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END and so we need not add padding
* to align it with cacheline as padding after MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END is redundant.
*/
static int gen8_init_perctx_bb(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t *batch,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
uint32_t *offset)
{
uint32_t index = wa_ctx_start(wa_ctx, *offset, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
/* WaDisableCtxRestoreArbitration:bdw,chv */
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_ARB_ON_OFF | MI_ARB_ENABLE);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
return wa_ctx_end(wa_ctx, *offset = index, 1);
}
static int gen9_init_indirectctx_bb(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t *batch,
uint32_t *offset)
{
int ret;
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
uint32_t index = wa_ctx_start(wa_ctx, *offset, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
/* WaDisableCtxRestoreArbitration:bxt */
if (IS_BXT_REVID(dev_priv, 0, BXT_REVID_A1))
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_ARB_ON_OFF | MI_ARB_DISABLE);
/* WaFlushCoherentL3CacheLinesAtContextSwitch:skl,bxt */
ret = gen8_emit_flush_coherentl3_wa(engine, batch, index);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
index = ret;
/* WaDisableGatherAtSetShaderCommonSlice:skl,bxt,kbl */
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(1));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, COMMON_SLICE_CHICKEN2);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, _MASKED_BIT_DISABLE(
GEN9_DISABLE_GATHER_AT_SET_SHADER_COMMON_SLICE));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_NOOP);
/* WaClearSlmSpaceAtContextSwitch:kbl */
/* Actual scratch location is at 128 bytes offset */
if (IS_KBL_REVID(dev_priv, 0, KBL_REVID_A0)) {
u32 scratch_addr =
i915_ggtt_offset(engine->scratch) + 2 * CACHELINE_BYTES;
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, (PIPE_CONTROL_FLUSH_L3 |
PIPE_CONTROL_GLOBAL_GTT_IVB |
PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL |
PIPE_CONTROL_QW_WRITE));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, scratch_addr);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
}
/* WaMediaPoolStateCmdInWABB:bxt */
if (HAS_POOLED_EU(engine->i915)) {
/*
* EU pool configuration is setup along with golden context
* during context initialization. This value depends on
* device type (2x6 or 3x6) and needs to be updated based
* on which subslice is disabled especially for 2x6
* devices, however it is safe to load default
* configuration of 3x6 device instead of masking off
* corresponding bits because HW ignores bits of a disabled
* subslice and drops down to appropriate config. Please
* see render_state_setup() in i915_gem_render_state.c for
* possible configurations, to avoid duplication they are
* not shown here again.
*/
u32 eu_pool_config = 0x00777000;
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, GEN9_MEDIA_POOL_STATE);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, GEN9_MEDIA_POOL_ENABLE);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, eu_pool_config);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0);
}
/* Pad to end of cacheline */
while (index % CACHELINE_DWORDS)
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_NOOP);
return wa_ctx_end(wa_ctx, *offset = index, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
}
static int gen9_init_perctx_bb(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct i915_wa_ctx_bb *wa_ctx,
uint32_t *batch,
uint32_t *offset)
{
uint32_t index = wa_ctx_start(wa_ctx, *offset, CACHELINE_DWORDS);
/* WaSetDisablePixMaskCammingAndRhwoInCommonSliceChicken:bxt */
if (IS_BXT_REVID(engine->i915, 0, BXT_REVID_A1)) {
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(1));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN9_SLICE_COMMON_ECO_CHICKEN0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index,
_MASKED_BIT_ENABLE(DISABLE_PIXEL_MASK_CAMMING));
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_NOOP);
}
/* WaClearTdlStateAckDirtyBits:bxt */
if (IS_BXT_REVID(engine->i915, 0, BXT_REVID_B0)) {
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(4));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN8_STATE_ACK);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, _MASKED_BIT_DISABLE(GEN9_SUBSLICE_TDL_ACK_BITS));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN9_STATE_ACK_SLICE1);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, _MASKED_BIT_DISABLE(GEN9_SUBSLICE_TDL_ACK_BITS));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN9_STATE_ACK_SLICE2);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, _MASKED_BIT_DISABLE(GEN9_SUBSLICE_TDL_ACK_BITS));
wa_ctx_emit_reg(batch, index, GEN7_ROW_CHICKEN2);
/* dummy write to CS, mask bits are 0 to ensure the register is not modified */
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, 0x0);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_NOOP);
}
/* WaDisableCtxRestoreArbitration:bxt */
if (IS_BXT_REVID(engine->i915, 0, BXT_REVID_A1))
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_ARB_ON_OFF | MI_ARB_ENABLE);
wa_ctx_emit(batch, index, MI_BATCH_BUFFER_END);
return wa_ctx_end(wa_ctx, *offset = index, 1);
}
static int lrc_setup_wa_ctx_obj(struct intel_engine_cs *engine, u32 size)
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
{
struct drm_i915_gem_object *obj;
struct i915_vma *vma;
int err;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
obj = i915_gem_object_create(&engine->i915->drm, PAGE_ALIGN(size));
if (IS_ERR(obj))
return PTR_ERR(obj);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
vma = i915_vma_create(obj, &engine->i915->ggtt.base, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(vma)) {
err = PTR_ERR(vma);
goto err;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
}
err = i915_vma_pin(vma, 0, PAGE_SIZE, PIN_GLOBAL | PIN_HIGH);
if (err)
goto err;
engine->wa_ctx.vma = vma;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
return 0;
err:
i915_gem_object_put(obj);
return err;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
}
static void lrc_destroy_wa_ctx_obj(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
{
i915_vma_unpin_and_release(&engine->wa_ctx.vma);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
}
static int intel_init_workaround_bb(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
{
struct i915_ctx_workarounds *wa_ctx = &engine->wa_ctx;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
uint32_t *batch;
uint32_t offset;
struct page *page;
int ret;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
WARN_ON(engine->id != RCS);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
/* update this when WA for higher Gen are added */
if (INTEL_GEN(engine->i915) > 9) {
DRM_ERROR("WA batch buffer is not initialized for Gen%d\n",
INTEL_GEN(engine->i915));
return 0;
}
/* some WA perform writes to scratch page, ensure it is valid */
if (!engine->scratch) {
DRM_ERROR("scratch page not allocated for %s\n", engine->name);
return -EINVAL;
}
ret = lrc_setup_wa_ctx_obj(engine, PAGE_SIZE);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
if (ret) {
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Failed to setup context WA page: %d\n", ret);
return ret;
}
page = i915_gem_object_get_dirty_page(wa_ctx->vma->obj, 0);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
batch = kmap_atomic(page);
offset = 0;
if (IS_GEN8(engine->i915)) {
ret = gen8_init_indirectctx_bb(engine,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
&wa_ctx->indirect_ctx,
batch,
&offset);
if (ret)
goto out;
ret = gen8_init_perctx_bb(engine,
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
&wa_ctx->per_ctx,
batch,
&offset);
if (ret)
goto out;
} else if (IS_GEN9(engine->i915)) {
ret = gen9_init_indirectctx_bb(engine,
&wa_ctx->indirect_ctx,
batch,
&offset);
if (ret)
goto out;
ret = gen9_init_perctx_bb(engine,
&wa_ctx->per_ctx,
batch,
&offset);
if (ret)
goto out;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
}
out:
kunmap_atomic(batch);
if (ret)
lrc_destroy_wa_ctx_obj(engine);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
return ret;
}
static void lrc_init_hws(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
I915_WRITE(RING_HWS_PGA(engine->mmio_base),
engine->status_page.ggtt_offset);
POSTING_READ(RING_HWS_PGA(engine->mmio_base));
}
static int gen8_init_common_ring(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
int ret;
ret = intel_mocs_init_engine(engine);
if (ret)
return ret;
lrc_init_hws(engine);
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
intel_engine_reset_breadcrumbs(engine);
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
I915_WRITE(RING_HWSTAM(engine->mmio_base), 0xffffffff);
I915_WRITE(RING_MODE_GEN7(engine),
_MASKED_BIT_DISABLE(GFX_REPLAY_MODE) |
_MASKED_BIT_ENABLE(GFX_RUN_LIST_ENABLE));
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Execlists enabled for %s\n", engine->name);
intel_engine_init_hangcheck(engine);
/* After a GPU reset, we may have requests to replay */
if (!execlists_elsp_idle(engine)) {
engine->execlist_port[0].count = 0;
engine->execlist_port[1].count = 0;
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
execlists_submit_ports(engine);
}
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
return 0;
}
static int gen8_init_render_ring(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
int ret;
ret = gen8_init_common_ring(engine);
if (ret)
return ret;
/* We need to disable the AsyncFlip performance optimisations in order
* to use MI_WAIT_FOR_EVENT within the CS. It should already be
* programmed to '1' on all products.
*
* WaDisableAsyncFlipPerfMode:snb,ivb,hsw,vlv,bdw,chv
*/
I915_WRITE(MI_MODE, _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE(ASYNC_FLIP_PERF_DISABLE));
I915_WRITE(INSTPM, _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE(INSTPM_FORCE_ORDERING));
return init_workarounds_ring(engine);
}
static int gen9_init_render_ring(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
int ret;
ret = gen8_init_common_ring(engine);
if (ret)
return ret;
return init_workarounds_ring(engine);
}
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
static void reset_common_ring(struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
struct execlist_port *port = engine->execlist_port;
struct intel_context *ce = &request->ctx->engine[engine->id];
/* We want a simple context + ring to execute the breadcrumb update.
* We cannot rely on the context being intact across the GPU hang,
* so clear it and rebuild just what we need for the breadcrumb.
* All pending requests for this context will be zapped, and any
* future request will be after userspace has had the opportunity
* to recreate its own state.
*/
execlists_init_reg_state(ce->lrc_reg_state,
request->ctx, engine, ce->ring);
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
/* Move the RING_HEAD onto the breadcrumb, past the hanging batch */
ce->lrc_reg_state[CTX_RING_BUFFER_START+1] =
i915_ggtt_offset(ce->ring->vma);
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
ce->lrc_reg_state[CTX_RING_HEAD+1] = request->postfix;
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
request->ring->head = request->postfix;
request->ring->last_retired_head = -1;
intel_ring_update_space(request->ring);
if (i915.enable_guc_submission)
return;
/* Catch up with any missed context-switch interrupts */
I915_WRITE(RING_CONTEXT_STATUS_PTR(engine), _MASKED_FIELD(0xffff, 0));
if (request->ctx != port[0].request->ctx) {
i915_gem_request_put(port[0].request);
port[0] = port[1];
memset(&port[1], 0, sizeof(port[1]));
}
GEM_BUG_ON(request->ctx != port[0].request->ctx);
/* Reset WaIdleLiteRestore:bdw,skl as well */
request->tail = request->wa_tail - WA_TAIL_DWORDS * sizeof(u32);
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
}
static int intel_logical_ring_emit_pdps(struct drm_i915_gem_request *req)
{
struct i915_hw_ppgtt *ppgtt = req->ctx->ppgtt;
struct intel_ring *ring = req->ring;
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = req->engine;
const int num_lri_cmds = GEN8_LEGACY_PDPES * 2;
int i, ret;
ret = intel_ring_begin(req, num_lri_cmds * 2 + 2);
if (ret)
return ret;
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(num_lri_cmds));
for (i = GEN8_LEGACY_PDPES - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
const dma_addr_t pd_daddr = i915_page_dir_dma_addr(ppgtt, i);
intel_ring_emit_reg(ring, GEN8_RING_PDP_UDW(engine, i));
intel_ring_emit(ring, upper_32_bits(pd_daddr));
intel_ring_emit_reg(ring, GEN8_RING_PDP_LDW(engine, i));
intel_ring_emit(ring, lower_32_bits(pd_daddr));
}
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
intel_ring_advance(ring);
return 0;
}
static int gen8_emit_bb_start(struct drm_i915_gem_request *req,
u64 offset, u32 len,
unsigned int dispatch_flags)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = req->ring;
bool ppgtt = !(dispatch_flags & I915_DISPATCH_SECURE);
int ret;
/* Don't rely in hw updating PDPs, specially in lite-restore.
* Ideally, we should set Force PD Restore in ctx descriptor,
* but we can't. Force Restore would be a second option, but
* it is unsafe in case of lite-restore (because the ctx is
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
* not idle). PML4 is allocated during ppgtt init so this is
* not needed in 48-bit.*/
if (req->ctx->ppgtt &&
(intel_engine_flag(req->engine) & req->ctx->ppgtt->pd_dirty_rings)) {
if (!USES_FULL_48BIT_PPGTT(req->i915) &&
!intel_vgpu_active(req->i915)) {
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
ret = intel_logical_ring_emit_pdps(req);
if (ret)
return ret;
}
req->ctx->ppgtt->pd_dirty_rings &= ~intel_engine_flag(req->engine);
}
ret = intel_ring_begin(req, 4);
if (ret)
return ret;
/* FIXME(BDW): Address space and security selectors. */
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_BATCH_BUFFER_START_GEN8 |
(ppgtt<<8) |
(dispatch_flags & I915_DISPATCH_RS ?
MI_BATCH_RESOURCE_STREAMER : 0));
intel_ring_emit(ring, lower_32_bits(offset));
intel_ring_emit(ring, upper_32_bits(offset));
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
intel_ring_advance(ring);
return 0;
}
static void gen8_logical_ring_enable_irq(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
I915_WRITE_IMR(engine,
~(engine->irq_enable_mask | engine->irq_keep_mask));
POSTING_READ_FW(RING_IMR(engine->mmio_base));
}
static void gen8_logical_ring_disable_irq(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
I915_WRITE_IMR(engine, ~engine->irq_keep_mask);
}
static int gen8_emit_flush(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request, u32 mode)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = request->ring;
u32 cmd;
int ret;
ret = intel_ring_begin(request, 4);
if (ret)
return ret;
cmd = MI_FLUSH_DW + 1;
/* We always require a command barrier so that subsequent
* commands, such as breadcrumb interrupts, are strictly ordered
* wrt the contents of the write cache being flushed to memory
* (and thus being coherent from the CPU).
*/
cmd |= MI_FLUSH_DW_STORE_INDEX | MI_FLUSH_DW_OP_STOREDW;
if (mode & EMIT_INVALIDATE) {
cmd |= MI_INVALIDATE_TLB;
if (request->engine->id == VCS)
cmd |= MI_INVALIDATE_BSD;
}
intel_ring_emit(ring, cmd);
intel_ring_emit(ring,
I915_GEM_HWS_SCRATCH_ADDR |
MI_FLUSH_DW_USE_GTT);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0); /* upper addr */
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0); /* value */
intel_ring_advance(ring);
return 0;
}
static int gen8_emit_flush_render(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request,
u32 mode)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = request->ring;
struct intel_engine_cs *engine = request->engine;
u32 scratch_addr =
i915_ggtt_offset(engine->scratch) + 2 * CACHELINE_BYTES;
bool vf_flush_wa = false, dc_flush_wa = false;
u32 flags = 0;
int ret;
int len;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL;
if (mode & EMIT_FLUSH) {
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_RENDER_TARGET_CACHE_FLUSH;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_DEPTH_CACHE_FLUSH;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_DC_FLUSH_ENABLE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_FLUSH_ENABLE;
}
if (mode & EMIT_INVALIDATE) {
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_TLB_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_TEXTURE_CACHE_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_VF_CACHE_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_CONST_CACHE_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_STATE_CACHE_INVALIDATE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_QW_WRITE;
flags |= PIPE_CONTROL_GLOBAL_GTT_IVB;
/*
* On GEN9: before VF_CACHE_INVALIDATE we need to emit a NULL
* pipe control.
*/
if (IS_GEN9(request->i915))
vf_flush_wa = true;
/* WaForGAMHang:kbl */
if (IS_KBL_REVID(request->i915, 0, KBL_REVID_B0))
dc_flush_wa = true;
}
len = 6;
if (vf_flush_wa)
len += 6;
if (dc_flush_wa)
len += 12;
ret = intel_ring_begin(request, len);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (vf_flush_wa) {
intel_ring_emit(ring, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
}
if (dc_flush_wa) {
intel_ring_emit(ring, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
intel_ring_emit(ring, PIPE_CONTROL_DC_FLUSH_ENABLE);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
}
intel_ring_emit(ring, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
intel_ring_emit(ring, flags);
intel_ring_emit(ring, scratch_addr);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
if (dc_flush_wa) {
intel_ring_emit(ring, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
intel_ring_emit(ring, PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
}
intel_ring_advance(ring);
return 0;
}
static void bxt_a_seqno_barrier(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
/*
* On BXT A steppings there is a HW coherency issue whereby the
* MI_STORE_DATA_IMM storing the completed request's seqno
* occasionally doesn't invalidate the CPU cache. Work around this by
* clflushing the corresponding cacheline whenever the caller wants
* the coherency to be guaranteed. Note that this cacheline is known
* to be clean at this point, since we only write it in
* bxt_a_set_seqno(), where we also do a clflush after the write. So
* this clflush in practice becomes an invalidate operation.
*/
intel_flush_status_page(engine, I915_GEM_HWS_INDEX);
}
/*
* Reserve space for 2 NOOPs at the end of each request to be
* used as a workaround for not being allowed to do lite
* restore with HEAD==TAIL (WaIdleLiteRestore).
*/
static int gen8_emit_request(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = request->ring;
int ret;
ret = intel_ring_begin(request, 6 + WA_TAIL_DWORDS);
if (ret)
return ret;
/* w/a: bit 5 needs to be zero for MI_FLUSH_DW address. */
BUILD_BUG_ON(I915_GEM_HWS_INDEX_ADDR & (1 << 5));
intel_ring_emit(ring, (MI_FLUSH_DW + 1) | MI_FLUSH_DW_OP_STOREDW);
intel_ring_emit(ring,
intel_hws_seqno_address(request->engine) |
MI_FLUSH_DW_USE_GTT);
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, request->fence.seqno);
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_USER_INTERRUPT);
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
return intel_logical_ring_advance(request);
}
static int gen8_emit_request_render(struct drm_i915_gem_request *request)
{
struct intel_ring *ring = request->ring;
int ret;
ret = intel_ring_begin(request, 8 + WA_TAIL_DWORDS);
if (ret)
return ret;
/* We're using qword write, seqno should be aligned to 8 bytes. */
BUILD_BUG_ON(I915_GEM_HWS_INDEX & 1);
/* w/a for post sync ops following a GPGPU operation we
* need a prior CS_STALL, which is emitted by the flush
* following the batch.
*/
intel_ring_emit(ring, GFX_OP_PIPE_CONTROL(6));
intel_ring_emit(ring,
(PIPE_CONTROL_GLOBAL_GTT_IVB |
PIPE_CONTROL_CS_STALL |
PIPE_CONTROL_QW_WRITE));
intel_ring_emit(ring, intel_hws_seqno_address(request->engine));
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, i915_gem_request_get_seqno(request));
/* We're thrashing one dword of HWS. */
intel_ring_emit(ring, 0);
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_USER_INTERRUPT);
intel_ring_emit(ring, MI_NOOP);
return intel_logical_ring_advance(request);
}
static int gen8_init_rcs_context(struct drm_i915_gem_request *req)
{
int ret;
ret = intel_logical_ring_workarounds_emit(req);
if (ret)
return ret;
drm/i915: Added Programming of the MOCS This change adds the programming of the MOCS registers to the gen 9+ platforms. The set of MOCS configuration entries introduced by this patch is intended to be minimal but sufficient to cover the needs of current userspace - i.e. a good set of defaults. It is expected to be extended in the future to provide further default values or to allow userspace to redefine its private MOCS tables based on its demand for additional caching configurations. In this setup, userspace should only utilize the first N entries, higher entries are reserved for future use. It creates a fixed register set that is programmed across the different engines so that all engines have the same table. This is done as the main RCS context only holds the registers for itself and the shared L3 values. By trying to keep the registers consistent across the different engines it should make the programming for the registers consistent. v2: -'static const' for private data structures and style changes.(Matt Turner) v3: - Make the tables "slightly" more readable. (Damien Lespiau) - Updated tables fix performance regression. v4: - Code formatting. (Chris Wilson) - re-privatised mocs code. (Daniel Vetter) v5: - Changed the name of a function. (Chris Wilson) v6: - re-based - Added Mesa table entry (skylake & broxton) (Francisco Jerez) - Tidied up the readability defines (Francisco Jerez) - NUMBER of entries defines wrong. (Jim Bish) - Added comments to clear up the meaning of the tables (Jim Bish) Signed-off-by: Peter Antoine <peter.antoine@intel.com> v7 (Francisco Jerez): - Don't write L3-specific MOCS_ESC/SCC values into the e/LLC control tables. Prefix L3-specific defines consistently with L3_ and e/LLC-specific defines with LE_ to avoid this kind of confusion in the future. - Change L3CC WT define back to RESERVED (matches my hardware documentation and the original patch, probably a misunderstanding of my own previous comment). - Drop Android tables, define new minimal tables more suitable for the open source stack. - Add comment that the MOCS tables are part of the kernel ABI. - Move intel_logical_ring_begin() and _advance() calls one level down (Chris Wilson). - Minor formatting and style fixes. v8 (Francisco Jerez): - Add table size sanity check to emit_mocs_control/l3cc_table() (Chris Wilson). - Add comment about undefined entries being implicitly set to uncached for forwards compatibility. v9 (Francisco Jerez): - Minor style fixes. Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net> Acked-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-07-10 11:13:11 -06:00
ret = intel_rcs_context_init_mocs(req);
/*
* Failing to program the MOCS is non-fatal.The system will not
* run at peak performance. So generate an error and carry on.
*/
if (ret)
DRM_ERROR("MOCS failed to program: expect performance issues.\n");
return i915_gem_render_state_init(req);
}
/**
* intel_logical_ring_cleanup() - deallocate the Engine Command Streamer
* @engine: Engine Command Streamer.
*/
void intel_logical_ring_cleanup(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv;
if (!intel_engine_initialized(engine))
return;
drm/i915: Move execlists irq handler to a bottom half Doing a lot of work in the interrupt handler introduces huge latencies to the system as a whole. Most dramatic effect can be seen by running an all engine stress test like igt/gem_exec_nop/all where, when the kernel config is lean enough, the whole system can be brought into multi-second periods of complete non-interactivty. That can look for example like this: NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#0 stuck for 23s! [kworker/u8:3:143] Modules linked in: [redacted for brevity] CPU: 0 PID: 143 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G U L 4.5.0-160321+ #183 Hardware name: Intel Corporation Broadwell Client platform/WhiteTip Mountain 1 Workqueue: i915 gen6_pm_rps_work [i915] task: ffff8800aae88000 ti: ffff8800aae90000 task.ti: ffff8800aae90000 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8104a3c2>] [<ffffffff8104a3c2>] __do_softirq+0x72/0x1d0 RSP: 0000:ffff88014f403f38 EFLAGS: 00000206 RAX: ffff8800aae94000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 00000000000006e0 RDX: 0000000000000020 RSI: 0000000004208060 RDI: 0000000000215d80 RBP: ffff88014f403f80 R08: 0000000b1b42c180 R09: 0000000000000022 R10: 0000000000000004 R11: 00000000ffffffff R12: 000000000000a030 R13: 0000000000000082 R14: ffff8800aa4d0080 R15: 0000000000000082 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88014f400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007fa53b90c000 CR3: 0000000001a0a000 CR4: 00000000001406f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Stack: 042080601b33869f ffff8800aae94000 00000000fffc2678 ffff88010000000a 0000000000000000 000000000000a030 0000000000005302 ffff8800aa4d0080 0000000000000206 ffff88014f403f90 ffffffff8104a716 ffff88014f403fa8 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104a716>] irq_exit+0x86/0x90 [<ffffffff81031e7d>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x3d/0x50 [<ffffffff814f3eac>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x7c/0x90 <EOI> [<ffffffffa01c5b40>] ? gen8_write64+0x1a0/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff814f2b39>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x9/0x20 [<ffffffffa01c5c44>] gen8_write32+0x104/0x1a0 [i915] [<ffffffff8132c6a2>] ? n_tty_receive_buf_common+0x372/0xae0 [<ffffffffa017cc9e>] gen6_set_rps_thresholds+0x1be/0x330 [i915] [<ffffffffa017eaf0>] gen6_set_rps+0x70/0x200 [i915] [<ffffffffa0185375>] intel_set_rps+0x25/0x30 [i915] [<ffffffffa01768fd>] gen6_pm_rps_work+0x10d/0x2e0 [i915] [<ffffffff81063852>] ? finish_task_switch+0x72/0x1c0 [<ffffffff8105ab29>] process_one_work+0x139/0x350 [<ffffffff8105b186>] worker_thread+0x126/0x490 [<ffffffff8105b060>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320 [<ffffffff8105fa64>] kthread+0xc4/0xe0 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 [<ffffffff814f351f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 [<ffffffff8105f9a0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x170/0x170 I could not explain, or find a code path, which would explain a +20 second lockup, but from some instrumentation it was apparent the interrupts off proportion of time was between 10-25% under heavy load which is quite bad. When a interrupt "cliff" is reached, which was >~320k irq/s on my machine, the whole system goes into a terrible state of the above described multi-second lockups. By moving the GT interrupt handling to a tasklet in a most simple way, the problem above disappears completely. Testing the effect on sytem-wide latencies using igt/gem_syslatency shows the following before this patch: gem_syslatency: cycles=1532739, latency mean=416531.829us max=2499237us gem_syslatency: cycles=1839434, latency mean=1458099.157us max=4998944us gem_syslatency: cycles=1432570, latency mean=2688.451us max=1201185us gem_syslatency: cycles=1533543, latency mean=416520.499us max=2498886us This shows that the unrelated process is experiencing huge delays in its wake-up latency. After the patch the results look like this: gem_syslatency: cycles=808907, latency mean=53.133us max=1640us gem_syslatency: cycles=862154, latency mean=62.778us max=2117us gem_syslatency: cycles=856039, latency mean=58.079us max=2123us gem_syslatency: cycles=841683, latency mean=56.914us max=1667us Showing a huge improvement in the unrelated process wake-up latency. It also shows an approximate halving in the number of total empty batches submitted during the test. This may not be worrying since the test puts the driver under a very unrealistic load with ncpu threads doing empty batch submission to all GPU engines each. Another benefit compared to the hard-irq handling is that now work on all engines can be dispatched in parallel since we can have up to number of CPUs active tasklets. (While previously a single hard-irq would serially dispatch on one engine after another.) More interesting scenario with regards to throughput is "gem_latency -n 100" which shows 25% better throughput and CPU usage, and 14% better dispatch latencies. I did not find any gains or regressions with Synmark2 or GLbench under light testing. More benchmarking is certainly required. v2: * execlists_lock should be taken as spin_lock_bh when queuing work from userspace now. (Chris Wilson) * uncore.lock must be taken with spin_lock_irq when submitting requests since that now runs from either softirq or process context. v3: * Expanded commit message with more testing data; * converted missed locking sites to _bh; * added execlist_lock comment. (Chris Wilson) v4: * Mention dispatch parallelism in commit. (Chris Wilson) * Do not hold uncore.lock over MMIO reads since the block is already serialised per-engine via the tasklet itself. (Chris Wilson) * intel_lrc_irq_handler should be static. (Chris Wilson) * Cancel/sync the tasklet on GPU reset. (Chris Wilson) * Document and WARN that tasklet cannot be active/pending on engine cleanup. (Chris Wilson/Imre Deak) Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Imre Deak <imre.deak@intel.com> Testcase: igt/gem_exec_nop/all Bugzilla: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94350 Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1459768316-6670-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-04-04 05:11:56 -06:00
/*
* Tasklet cannot be active at this point due intel_mark_active/idle
* so this is just for documentation.
*/
if (WARN_ON(test_bit(TASKLET_STATE_SCHED, &engine->irq_tasklet.state)))
tasklet_kill(&engine->irq_tasklet);
dev_priv = engine->i915;
if (engine->buffer) {
WARN_ON((I915_READ_MODE(engine) & MODE_IDLE) == 0);
}
if (engine->cleanup)
engine->cleanup(engine);
intel_engine_cleanup_common(engine);
drm/i915: Slaughter the thundering i915_wait_request herd One particularly stressful scenario consists of many independent tasks all competing for GPU time and waiting upon the results (e.g. realtime transcoding of many, many streams). One bottleneck in particular is that each client waits on its own results, but every client is woken up after every batchbuffer - hence the thunder of hooves as then every client must do its heavyweight dance to read a coherent seqno to see if it is the lucky one. Ideally, we only want one client to wake up after the interrupt and check its request for completion. Since the requests must retire in order, we can select the first client on the oldest request to be woken. Once that client has completed his wait, we can then wake up the next client and so on. However, all clients then incur latency as every process in the chain may be delayed for scheduling - this may also then cause some priority inversion. To reduce the latency, when a client is added or removed from the list, we scan the tree for completed seqno and wake up all the completed waiters in parallel. Using igt/benchmarks/gem_latency, we can demonstrate this effect. The benchmark measures the number of GPU cycles between completion of a batch and the client waking up from a call to wait-ioctl. With many concurrent waiters, with each on a different request, we observe that the wakeup latency before the patch scales nearly linearly with the number of waiters (before external factors kick in making the scaling much worse). After applying the patch, we can see that only the single waiter for the request is being woken up, providing a constant wakeup latency for every operation. However, the situation is not quite as rosy for many waiters on the same request, though to the best of my knowledge this is much less likely in practice. Here, we can observe that the concurrent waiters incur extra latency from being woken up by the solitary bottom-half, rather than directly by the interrupt. This appears to be scheduler induced (having discounted adverse effects from having a rbtree walk/erase in the wakeup path), each additional wake_up_process() costs approximately 1us on big core. Another effect of performing the secondary wakeups from the first bottom-half is the incurred delay this imposes on high priority threads - rather than immediately returning to userspace and leaving the interrupt handler to wake the others. To offset the delay incurred with additional waiters on a request, we could use a hybrid scheme that did a quick read in the interrupt handler and dequeued all the completed waiters (incurring the overhead in the interrupt handler, not the best plan either as we then incur GPU submission latency) but we would still have to wake up the bottom-half every time to do the heavyweight slow read. Or we could only kick the waiters on the seqno with the same priority as the current task (i.e. in the realtime waiter scenario, only it is woken up immediately by the interrupt and simply queues the next waiter before returning to userspace, minimising its delay at the expense of the chain, and also reducing contention on its scheduler runqueue). This is effective at avoid long pauses in the interrupt handler and at avoiding the extra latency in realtime/high-priority waiters. v2: Convert from a kworker per engine into a dedicated kthread for the bottom-half. v3: Rename request members and tweak comments. v4: Use a per-engine spinlock in the breadcrumbs bottom-half. v5: Fix race in locklessly checking waiter status and kicking the task on adding a new waiter. v6: Fix deciding when to force the timer to hide missing interrupts. v7: Move the bottom-half from the kthread to the first client process. v8: Reword a few comments v9: Break the busy loop when the interrupt is unmasked or has fired. v10: Comments, unnecessary churn, better debugging from Tvrtko v11: Wake all completed waiters on removing the current bottom-half to reduce the latency of waking up a herd of clients all waiting on the same request. v12: Rearrange missed-interrupt fault injection so that it works with igt/drv_missed_irq_hang v13: Rename intel_breadcrumb and friends to intel_wait in preparation for signal handling. v14: RCU commentary, assert_spin_locked v15: Hide BUG_ON behind the compiler; report on gem_latency findings. v16: Sort seqno-groups by priority so that first-waiter has the highest task priority (and so avoid priority inversion). v17: Add waiters to post-mortem GPU hang state. v18: Return early for a completed wait after acquiring the spinlock. Avoids adding ourselves to the tree if the is already complete, and skips the awkward question of why we don't do completion wakeups for waits earlier than or equal to ourselves. v19: Prepare for init_breadcrumbs to fail. Later patches may want to allocate during init, so be prepared to propagate back the error code. Testcase: igt/gem_concurrent_blit Testcase: igt/benchmarks/gem_latency Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: "Rogozhkin, Dmitry V" <dmitry.v.rogozhkin@intel.com> Cc: "Gong, Zhipeng" <zhipeng.gong@intel.com> Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: "Goel, Akash" <akash.goel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com> #v18 Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1467390209-3576-6-git-send-email-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-07-01 10:23:15 -06:00
if (engine->status_page.vma) {
i915_gem_object_unpin_map(engine->status_page.vma->obj);
engine->status_page.vma = NULL;
}
intel_lr_context_unpin(dev_priv->kernel_context, engine);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
lrc_destroy_wa_ctx_obj(engine);
engine->i915 = NULL;
}
void intel_execlists_enable_submission(struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv)
{
struct intel_engine_cs *engine;
for_each_engine(engine, dev_priv)
engine->submit_request = execlists_submit_request;
}
static void
logical_ring_default_vfuncs(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
/* Default vfuncs which can be overriden by each engine. */
engine->init_hw = gen8_init_common_ring;
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
engine->reset_hw = reset_common_ring;
engine->emit_flush = gen8_emit_flush;
engine->emit_request = gen8_emit_request;
engine->submit_request = execlists_submit_request;
engine->irq_enable = gen8_logical_ring_enable_irq;
engine->irq_disable = gen8_logical_ring_disable_irq;
engine->emit_bb_start = gen8_emit_bb_start;
if (IS_BXT_REVID(engine->i915, 0, BXT_REVID_A1))
engine->irq_seqno_barrier = bxt_a_seqno_barrier;
}
static inline void
logical_ring_default_irqs(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
unsigned shift = engine->irq_shift;
engine->irq_enable_mask = GT_RENDER_USER_INTERRUPT << shift;
engine->irq_keep_mask = GT_CONTEXT_SWITCH_INTERRUPT << shift;
}
static int
lrc_setup_hws(struct intel_engine_cs *engine, struct i915_vma *vma)
{
const int hws_offset = LRC_PPHWSP_PN * PAGE_SIZE;
void *hws;
/* The HWSP is part of the default context object in LRC mode. */
hws = i915_gem_object_pin_map(vma->obj, I915_MAP_WB);
if (IS_ERR(hws))
return PTR_ERR(hws);
engine->status_page.page_addr = hws + hws_offset;
engine->status_page.ggtt_offset = i915_ggtt_offset(vma) + hws_offset;
engine->status_page.vma = vma;
return 0;
}
static void
logical_ring_setup(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
enum forcewake_domains fw_domains;
intel_engine_setup_common(engine);
/* Intentionally left blank. */
engine->buffer = NULL;
fw_domains = intel_uncore_forcewake_for_reg(dev_priv,
RING_ELSP(engine),
FW_REG_WRITE);
fw_domains |= intel_uncore_forcewake_for_reg(dev_priv,
RING_CONTEXT_STATUS_PTR(engine),
FW_REG_READ | FW_REG_WRITE);
fw_domains |= intel_uncore_forcewake_for_reg(dev_priv,
RING_CONTEXT_STATUS_BUF_BASE(engine),
FW_REG_READ);
engine->fw_domains = fw_domains;
tasklet_init(&engine->irq_tasklet,
intel_lrc_irq_handler, (unsigned long)engine);
logical_ring_init_platform_invariants(engine);
logical_ring_default_vfuncs(engine);
logical_ring_default_irqs(engine);
}
static int
logical_ring_init(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct i915_gem_context *dctx = engine->i915->kernel_context;
int ret;
ret = intel_engine_init_common(engine);
if (ret)
goto error;
ret = execlists_context_deferred_alloc(dctx, engine);
if (ret)
goto error;
/* As this is the default context, always pin it */
ret = intel_lr_context_pin(dctx, engine);
if (ret) {
DRM_ERROR("Failed to pin context for %s: %d\n",
engine->name, ret);
goto error;
}
/* And setup the hardware status page. */
ret = lrc_setup_hws(engine, dctx->engine[engine->id].state);
if (ret) {
DRM_ERROR("Failed to set up hws %s: %d\n", engine->name, ret);
goto error;
}
return 0;
error:
intel_logical_ring_cleanup(engine);
return ret;
}
int logical_render_ring_init(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
int ret;
logical_ring_setup(engine);
if (HAS_L3_DPF(dev_priv))
engine->irq_keep_mask |= GT_RENDER_L3_PARITY_ERROR_INTERRUPT;
/* Override some for render ring. */
if (INTEL_GEN(dev_priv) >= 9)
engine->init_hw = gen9_init_render_ring;
else
engine->init_hw = gen8_init_render_ring;
engine->init_context = gen8_init_rcs_context;
engine->emit_flush = gen8_emit_flush_render;
engine->emit_request = gen8_emit_request_render;
ret = intel_engine_create_scratch(engine, 4096);
if (ret)
return ret;
ret = intel_init_workaround_bb(engine);
if (ret) {
/*
* We continue even if we fail to initialize WA batch
* because we only expect rare glitches but nothing
* critical to prevent us from using GPU
*/
DRM_ERROR("WA batch buffer initialization failed: %d\n",
ret);
}
ret = logical_ring_init(engine);
if (ret) {
lrc_destroy_wa_ctx_obj(engine);
}
return ret;
}
int logical_xcs_ring_init(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
logical_ring_setup(engine);
return logical_ring_init(engine);
}
static u32
make_rpcs(struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv)
{
u32 rpcs = 0;
/*
* No explicit RPCS request is needed to ensure full
* slice/subslice/EU enablement prior to Gen9.
*/
if (INTEL_GEN(dev_priv) < 9)
return 0;
/*
* Starting in Gen9, render power gating can leave
* slice/subslice/EU in a partially enabled state. We
* must make an explicit request through RPCS for full
* enablement.
*/
if (INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.has_slice_pg) {
rpcs |= GEN8_RPCS_S_CNT_ENABLE;
rpcs |= hweight8(INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.slice_mask) <<
GEN8_RPCS_S_CNT_SHIFT;
rpcs |= GEN8_RPCS_ENABLE;
}
if (INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.has_subslice_pg) {
rpcs |= GEN8_RPCS_SS_CNT_ENABLE;
rpcs |= hweight8(INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.subslice_mask) <<
GEN8_RPCS_SS_CNT_SHIFT;
rpcs |= GEN8_RPCS_ENABLE;
}
if (INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.has_eu_pg) {
rpcs |= INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.eu_per_subslice <<
GEN8_RPCS_EU_MIN_SHIFT;
rpcs |= INTEL_INFO(dev_priv)->sseu.eu_per_subslice <<
GEN8_RPCS_EU_MAX_SHIFT;
rpcs |= GEN8_RPCS_ENABLE;
}
return rpcs;
}
static u32 intel_lr_indirect_ctx_offset(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
u32 indirect_ctx_offset;
switch (INTEL_GEN(engine->i915)) {
default:
MISSING_CASE(INTEL_GEN(engine->i915));
/* fall through */
case 9:
indirect_ctx_offset =
GEN9_CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET_DEFAULT;
break;
case 8:
indirect_ctx_offset =
GEN8_CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET_DEFAULT;
break;
}
return indirect_ctx_offset;
}
static void execlists_init_reg_state(u32 *reg_state,
struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct intel_ring *ring)
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
{
struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv = engine->i915;
struct i915_hw_ppgtt *ppgtt = ctx->ppgtt ?: dev_priv->mm.aliasing_ppgtt;
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
/* A context is actually a big batch buffer with several MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM
* commands followed by (reg, value) pairs. The values we are setting here are
* only for the first context restore: on a subsequent save, the GPU will
* recreate this batchbuffer with new values (including all the missing
* MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM commands that we are not initializing here). */
reg_state[CTX_LRI_HEADER_0] =
MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(engine->id == RCS ? 14 : 11) | MI_LRI_FORCE_POSTED;
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_CONTEXT_CONTROL,
RING_CONTEXT_CONTROL(engine),
_MASKED_BIT_ENABLE(CTX_CTRL_INHIBIT_SYN_CTX_SWITCH |
CTX_CTRL_ENGINE_CTX_RESTORE_INHIBIT |
(HAS_RESOURCE_STREAMER(dev_priv) ?
CTX_CTRL_RS_CTX_ENABLE : 0)));
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RING_HEAD, RING_HEAD(engine->mmio_base),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RING_TAIL, RING_TAIL(engine->mmio_base),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RING_BUFFER_START,
RING_START(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RING_BUFFER_CONTROL,
RING_CTL(engine->mmio_base),
RING_CTL_SIZE(ring->size) | RING_VALID);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_BB_HEAD_U,
RING_BBADDR_UDW(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_BB_HEAD_L,
RING_BBADDR(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_BB_STATE,
RING_BBSTATE(engine->mmio_base),
RING_BB_PPGTT);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_SECOND_BB_HEAD_U,
RING_SBBADDR_UDW(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_SECOND_BB_HEAD_L,
RING_SBBADDR(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_SECOND_BB_STATE,
RING_SBBSTATE(engine->mmio_base), 0);
if (engine->id == RCS) {
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_BB_PER_CTX_PTR,
RING_BB_PER_CTX_PTR(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX,
RING_INDIRECT_CTX(engine->mmio_base), 0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET,
RING_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET(engine->mmio_base), 0);
if (engine->wa_ctx.vma) {
struct i915_ctx_workarounds *wa_ctx = &engine->wa_ctx;
u32 ggtt_offset = i915_ggtt_offset(wa_ctx->vma);
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
reg_state[CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX+1] =
(ggtt_offset + wa_ctx->indirect_ctx.offset * sizeof(uint32_t)) |
(wa_ctx->indirect_ctx.size / CACHELINE_DWORDS);
reg_state[CTX_RCS_INDIRECT_CTX_OFFSET+1] =
intel_lr_indirect_ctx_offset(engine) << 6;
drm/i915/gen8: Add infrastructure to initialize WA batch buffers Some of the WA are to be applied during context save but before restore and some at the end of context save/restore but before executing the instructions in the ring, WA batch buffers are created for this purpose and these WA cannot be applied using normal means. Each context has two registers to load the offsets of these batch buffers. If they are non-zero, HW understands that it need to execute these batches. v1: In this version two separate ring_buffer objects were used to load WA instructions for indirect and per context batch buffers and they were part of every context. v2: Chris suggested to include additional page in context and use it to load these WA instead of creating separate objects. This will simplify lot of things as we need not explicity pin/unpin them. Thomas Daniel further pointed that GuC is planning to use a similar setup to share data between GuC and driver and WA batch buffers can probably share that page. However after discussions with Dave who is implementing GuC changes, he suggested to use an independent page for the reasons - GuC area might grow and these WA are initialized only once and are not changed afterwards so we can share them share across all contexts. The page is updated with WA during render ring init. This has an advantage of not adding more special cases to default_context. We don't know upfront the number of WA we will applying using these batch buffers. For this reason the size was fixed earlier but it is not a good idea. To fix this, the functions that load instructions are modified to report the no of commands inserted and the size is now calculated after the batch is updated. A macro is introduced to add commands to these batch buffers which also checks for overflow and returns error. We have a full page dedicated for these WA so that should be sufficient for good number of WA, anything more means we have major issues. The list for Gen8 is small, same for Gen9 also, maybe few more gets added going forward but not close to filling entire page. Chris suggested a two-pass approach but we agreed to go with single page setup as it is a one-off routine and simpler code wins. One additional option is offset field which is helpful if we would like to have multiple batches at different offsets within the page and select them based on some criteria. This is not a requirement at this point but could help in future (Dave). Chris provided some helpful macros and suggestions which further simplified the code, they will also help in reducing code duplication when WA for other Gen are added. Add detailed comments explaining restrictions. Use do {} while(0) for wa_ctx_emit() macro. (Many thanks to Chris, Dave and Thomas for their reviews and inputs) Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-06-19 12:07:01 -06:00
reg_state[CTX_BB_PER_CTX_PTR+1] =
(ggtt_offset + wa_ctx->per_ctx.offset * sizeof(uint32_t)) |
0x01;
}
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
}
reg_state[CTX_LRI_HEADER_1] = MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(9) | MI_LRI_FORCE_POSTED;
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_CTX_TIMESTAMP,
RING_CTX_TIMESTAMP(engine->mmio_base), 0);
/* PDP values well be assigned later if needed */
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP3_UDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_UDW(engine, 3),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP3_LDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_LDW(engine, 3),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP2_UDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_UDW(engine, 2),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP2_LDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_LDW(engine, 2),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP1_UDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_UDW(engine, 1),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP1_LDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_LDW(engine, 1),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP0_UDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_UDW(engine, 0),
0);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_PDP0_LDW, GEN8_RING_PDP_LDW(engine, 0),
0);
drm/i915/gen8: Dynamic page table allocations This finishes off the dynamic page tables allocations, in the legacy 3 level style that already exists. Most everything has already been setup to this point, the patch finishes off the enabling by setting the appropriate function pointers. In LRC mode, contexts need to know the PDPs when they are populated. With dynamic page table allocations, these PDPs may not exist yet. Check if PDPs have been allocated and use the scratch page if they do not exist yet. Before submission, update the PDPs in the logic ring context as PDPs have been allocated. v2: Update aliasing/true ppgtt allocate/teardown/clear functions for gen 6 & 7. v3: Rebase. v4: Remove BUG() from ppgtt_unbind_vma, but keep checking that either teardown_va_range or clear_range functions exist (Daniel). v5: Similar to gen6, in init, gen8_ppgtt_clear_range call is only needed for aliasing ppgtt. Zombie tracking was originally added for teardown function and is no longer required. v6: Update err_out case in gen8_alloc_va_range (missed from lastest rebase). v7: Rebase after s/page_tables/page_table/. v8: Updated scratch_pt check after scratch flag was removed in previous patch. v9: Note that lrc mode needs to be updated to support init state without any PDP. v10: Unmap correct page_table in gen8_alloc_va_range's error case, clean-up gen8_aliasing_ppgtt_init (remove duplicated map), and initialize PTs during page table allocation. v11: Squashed LRC enabling commit, otherwise LRC mode would be left broken until it was updated to handle the init case without any PDP. v12: Do not overallocate new_pts bitmap, make alloc_gen8_temp_bitmaps static and don't abuse of inline functions. (Mika) Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> Signed-off-by: Michel Thierry <michel.thierry@intel.com> (v2+) Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-04-08 05:13:34 -06:00
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
if (USES_FULL_48BIT_PPGTT(ppgtt->base.dev)) {
/* 64b PPGTT (48bit canonical)
* PDP0_DESCRIPTOR contains the base address to PML4 and
* other PDP Descriptors are ignored.
*/
ASSIGN_CTX_PML4(ppgtt, reg_state);
} else {
/* 32b PPGTT
* PDP*_DESCRIPTOR contains the base address of space supported.
* With dynamic page allocation, PDPs may not be allocated at
* this point. Point the unallocated PDPs to the scratch page
*/
drm/i915: Execlists small cleanups and micro-optimisations Assorted changes in the areas of code cleanup, reduction of invariant conditional in the interrupt handler and lock contention and MMIO access optimisation. * Remove needless initialization. * Improve cache locality by reorganizing code and/or using branch hints to keep unexpected or error conditions out of line. * Favor busy submit path vs. empty queue. * Less branching in hot-paths. v2: * Avoid mmio reads when possible. (Chris Wilson) * Use natural integer size for csb indices. * Remove useless return value from execlists_update_context. * Extract 32-bit ppgtt PDPs update so it is out of line and shared with two callers. * Grab forcewake across all mmio operations to ease the load on uncore lock and use chepear mmio ops. v3: * Removed some more pointless u8 data types. * Removed unused return from execlists_context_queue. * Commit message updates. v4: * Unclumsify the unqueue if statement. (Chris Wilson) * Hide forcewake from the queuing function. (Chris Wilson) Version 3 now makes the irq handling code path ~20% smaller on 48-bit PPGTT hardware, and a little bit less elsewhere. Hot paths are mostly in-line now and hammering on the uncore spinlock is greatly reduced together with mmio traffic to an extent. Benchmarking with "gem_latency -n 100" (keep submitting batches with 100 nop instruction) shows approximately 4% higher throughput, 2% less CPU time and 22% smaller latencies. This was on a big-core while small-cores could benefit even more. Most likely reason for the improvements are the MMIO optimization and uncore lock traffic reduction. One odd result is with "gem_latency -n 0" (dispatching empty batches) which shows 5% more throughput, 8% less CPU time, 25% better producer and consumer latencies, but 15% higher dispatch latency which is yet unexplained. Signed-off-by: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1456505912-22286-1-git-send-email-tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com
2016-02-26 09:58:32 -07:00
execlists_update_context_pdps(ppgtt, reg_state);
2015-07-30 04:06:23 -06:00
}
if (engine->id == RCS) {
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
reg_state[CTX_LRI_HEADER_2] = MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(1);
ASSIGN_CTX_REG(reg_state, CTX_R_PWR_CLK_STATE, GEN8_R_PWR_CLK_STATE,
make_rpcs(dev_priv));
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
}
}
static int
populate_lr_context(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct drm_i915_gem_object *ctx_obj,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine,
struct intel_ring *ring)
{
void *vaddr;
int ret;
ret = i915_gem_object_set_to_cpu_domain(ctx_obj, true);
if (ret) {
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Could not set to CPU domain\n");
return ret;
}
vaddr = i915_gem_object_pin_map(ctx_obj, I915_MAP_WB);
if (IS_ERR(vaddr)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(vaddr);
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Could not map object pages! (%d)\n", ret);
return ret;
}
ctx_obj->dirty = true;
/* The second page of the context object contains some fields which must
* be set up prior to the first execution. */
execlists_init_reg_state(vaddr + LRC_STATE_PN * PAGE_SIZE,
ctx, engine, ring);
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
i915_gem_object_unpin_map(ctx_obj);
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
return 0;
}
/**
* intel_lr_context_size() - return the size of the context for an engine
* @engine: which engine to find the context size for
*
* Each engine may require a different amount of space for a context image,
* so when allocating (or copying) an image, this function can be used to
* find the right size for the specific engine.
*
* Return: size (in bytes) of an engine-specific context image
*
* Note: this size includes the HWSP, which is part of the context image
* in LRC mode, but does not include the "shared data page" used with
* GuC submission. The caller should account for this if using the GuC.
*/
uint32_t intel_lr_context_size(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
{
int ret = 0;
WARN_ON(INTEL_GEN(engine->i915) < 8);
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
switch (engine->id) {
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
case RCS:
if (INTEL_GEN(engine->i915) >= 9)
ret = GEN9_LR_CONTEXT_RENDER_SIZE;
else
ret = GEN8_LR_CONTEXT_RENDER_SIZE;
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
break;
case VCS:
case BCS:
case VECS:
case VCS2:
ret = GEN8_LR_CONTEXT_OTHER_SIZE;
break;
}
return ret;
}
static int execlists_context_deferred_alloc(struct i915_gem_context *ctx,
struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
{
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
struct drm_i915_gem_object *ctx_obj;
struct intel_context *ce = &ctx->engine[engine->id];
struct i915_vma *vma;
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
uint32_t context_size;
struct intel_ring *ring;
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
int ret;
WARN_ON(ce->state);
context_size = round_up(intel_lr_context_size(engine), 4096);
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
drm/i915: Integrate GuC-based command submission GuC-based submission is mostly the same as execlist mode, up to intel_logical_ring_advance_and_submit(), where the context being dispatched would be added to the execlist queue; at this point we submit the context to the GuC backend instead. There are, however, a few other changes also required, notably: 1. Contexts must be pinned at GGTT addresses accessible by the GuC i.e. NOT in the range [0..WOPCM_SIZE), so we have to add the PIN_OFFSET_BIAS flag to the relevant GGTT-pinning calls. 2. The GuC's TLB must be invalidated after a context is pinned at a new GGTT address. 3. GuC firmware uses the one page before Ring Context as shared data. Therefore, whenever driver wants to get base address of LRC, we will offset one page for it. LRC_PPHWSP_PN is defined as the page number of LRCA. 4. In the work queue used to pass requests to the GuC, the GuC firmware requires the ring-tail-offset to be represented as an 11-bit value, expressed in QWords. Therefore, the ringbuffer size must be reduced to the representable range (4 pages). v2: Defer adding #defines until needed [Chris Wilson] Rationalise type declarations [Chris Wilson] v4: Squashed kerneldoc patch into here [Daniel Vetter] v5: Update request->tail in code common to both GuC and execlist modes. Add a private version of lr_context_update(), as sharing the execlist version leads to race conditions when the CPU and the GuC both update TAIL in the context image. Conversion of error-captured HWS page to string must account for offset from start of object to actual HWS (LRC_PPHWSP_PN). Issue: VIZ-4884 Signed-off-by: Alex Dai <yu.dai@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tom O'Rourke <Tom.O'Rourke@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-08-12 08:43:43 -06:00
/* One extra page as the sharing data between driver and GuC */
context_size += PAGE_SIZE * LRC_PPHWSP_PN;
ctx_obj = i915_gem_object_create(&ctx->i915->drm, context_size);
if (IS_ERR(ctx_obj)) {
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Alloc LRC backing obj failed.\n");
return PTR_ERR(ctx_obj);
drm/i915/bdw: A bit more advanced LR context alloc/free Now that we have the ability to allocate our own context backing objects and we have multiplexed one of them per engine inside the context structs, we can finally allocate and free them correctly. Regarding the context size, reading the register to calculate the sizes can work, I think, however the docs are very clear about the actual context sizes on GEN8, so just hardcode that and use it. v2: Rebased on top of the Full PPGTT series. It is important to notice that at this point we have one global default context per engine, all of them using the aliasing PPGTT (as opposed to the single global default context we have with legacy HW contexts). v3: - Go back to one single global default context, this time with multiple backing objects inside. - Use different context sizes for non-render engines, as suggested by Damien (still hardcoded, since the information about the context size registers in the BSpec is, well, *lacking*). - Render ctx size is 20 (or 19) pages, but not 21 (caught by Damien). - Move default context backing object creation to intel_init_ring (so that we don't waste memory in rings that might not get initialized). v4: - Reuse the HW legacy context init/fini. - Create a separate free function. - Rename the functions with an intel_ preffix. v5: Several rebases to account for the changes in the previous patches. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:14 -06:00
}
vma = i915_vma_create(ctx_obj, &ctx->i915->ggtt.base, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(vma)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(vma);
goto error_deref_obj;
}
ring = intel_engine_create_ring(engine, ctx->ring_size);
if (IS_ERR(ring)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(ring);
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
goto error_deref_obj;
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
}
ret = populate_lr_context(ctx, ctx_obj, engine, ring);
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
if (ret) {
DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER("Failed to populate LRC: %d\n", ret);
goto error_ring_free;
}
ce->ring = ring;
ce->state = vma;
ce->initialised = engine->init_context == NULL;
return 0;
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
error_ring_free:
intel_ring_free(ring);
drm/i915: Split alloc from init for lrc Extend init/init_hw split to context init. - Move context initialisation in to i915_gem_init_hw - Move one off initialisation for render ring to i915_gem_validate_context - Move default context initialisation to logical_ring_init Rename intel_lr_context_deferred_create to intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc, to reflect reduced functionality & alloc/init split. This patch is intended to split out the allocation of resources & initialisation to allow easier reuse of code for resume/gpu reset. v2: Removed function ptr wrapping of do_switch_context (Daniel Vetter) Left ->init_context int intel_lr_context_deferred_alloc (Daniel Vetter) Remove unnecessary init flag & ring type test. (Daniel Vetter) Improve commit message (Daniel Vetter) v3: On init/reinit, set the hw next sequence number to the sw next sequence number. This is set to 1 at driver load time. This prevents the seqno being reset on reinit (Chris Wilson) v4: Set seqno back to ~0 - 0x1000 at start-of-day, and increment by 0x100 on reset. This makes it obvious which bbs are which after a reset. (David Gordon & John Harrison) Rebase. v5: Rebase. Fixed rebase breakage. Put context pinning in separate function. Removed code churn. (Thomas Daniel) v6: Cleanup up issues introduced in v2 & v5 (Thomas Daniel) Issue: VIZ-4798 Signed-off-by: Nick Hoath <nicholas.hoath@intel.com> Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch> Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Cc: John Harrison <john.c.harrison@intel.com> Cc: David Gordon <david.s.gordon@intel.com> Cc: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Daniel <thomas.daniel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2015-09-11 05:53:46 -06:00
error_deref_obj:
i915_gem_object_put(ctx_obj);
drm/i915/bdw: Populate LR contexts (somewhat) For the most part, logical ring context objects are similar to hardware contexts in that the backing object is meant to be opaque. There are some exceptions where we need to poke certain offsets of the object for initialization, updating the tail pointer or updating the PDPs. For our basic execlist implementation we'll only need our PPGTT PDs, and ringbuffer addresses in order to set up the context. With previous patches, we have both, so start prepping the context to be load. Before running a context for the first time you must populate some fields in the context object. These fields begin 1 PAGE + LRCA, ie. the first page (in 0 based counting) of the context image. These same fields will be read and written to as contexts are saved and restored once the system is up and running. Many of these fields are completely reused from previous global registers: ringbuffer head/tail/control, context control matches some previous MI_SET_CONTEXT flags, and page directories. There are other fields which we don't touch which we may want in the future. v2: CTX_LRI_HEADER_0 is MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM(14) for render and (11) for other engines. v3: Several rebases and general changes to the code. v4: Squash with "Extract LR context object populating" Also, Damien's review comments: - Set the Force Posted bit on the LRI header, as the BSpec suggest we do. - Prevent warning when compiling a 32-bits kernel without HIGHMEM64. - Add a clarifying comment to the context population code. v5: Damien's review comments: - The third MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM in the context does not set Force Posted. - Remove dead code. v6: Add a note about the (presumed) differences between BDW and CHV state contexts. Also, Brad's review comments: - Use the _MASKED_BIT_ENABLE, upper_32_bits and lower_32_bits macros. - Be less magical about how we set the ring size in the context. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net> (v1) Signed-off-by: Rafael Barbalho <rafael.barbalho@intel.com> (v2) Signed-off-by: Oscar Mateo <oscar.mateo@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2014-07-24 10:04:17 -06:00
return ret;
}
drm/i915: Update reset path to fix incomplete requests Update reset path in preparation for engine reset which requires identification of incomplete requests and associated context and fixing their state so that engine can resume correctly after reset. The request that caused the hang will be skipped and head is reset to the start of breadcrumb. This allows us to resume from where we left-off. Since this request didn't complete normally we also need to cleanup elsp queue manually. This is vital if we employ nonblocking request submission where we may have a web of dependencies upon the hung request and so advancing the seqno manually is no longer trivial. ABI: gem_reset_stats / DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS We change the way we count pending batches. Only the active context involved in the reset is marked as either innocent or guilty, and not mark the entire world as pending. By inspection this only affects igt/gem_reset_stats (which assumes implementation details) and not piglit. ARB_robustness gives this guide on how we expect the user of this interface to behave: * Provide a mechanism for an OpenGL application to learn about graphics resets that affect the context. When a graphics reset occurs, the OpenGL context becomes unusable and the application must create a new context to continue operation. Detecting a graphics reset happens through an inexpensive query. And with regards to the actual meaning of the reset values: Certain events can result in a reset of the GL context. Such a reset causes all context state to be lost. Recovery from such events requires recreation of all objects in the affected context. The current status of the graphics reset state is returned by enum GetGraphicsResetStatusARB(); The symbolic constant returned indicates if the GL context has been in a reset state at any point since the last call to GetGraphicsResetStatusARB. NO_ERROR indicates that the GL context has not been in a reset state since the last call. GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates that a reset has been detected that is attributable to the current GL context. INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a reset has been detected that is not attributable to the current GL context. UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB indicates a detected graphics reset whose cause is unknown. The language here is explicit in that we must mark up the guilty batch, but is loose enough for us to relax the innocent (i.e. pending) accounting as only the active batches are involved with the reset. In the future, we are looking towards single engine resetting (with minimal locking), where it seems inappropriate to mark the entire world as innocent since the reset occurred on a different engine. Reducing the information available means we only have to encounter the pain once, and also reduces the information leaking from one context to another. v2: Legacy ringbuffer submission required a reset following hibernation, or else we restore stale values to the RING_HEAD and walked over stolen garbage. v3: GuC requires replaying the requests after a reset. v4: Restore engine IRQ after reset (so waiters will be woken!) Rearm hangcheck if resetting with a waiter. Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com> Cc: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Cc: Arun Siluvery <arun.siluvery@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk> Reviewed-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com> Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/20160909131201.16673-13-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
2016-09-09 07:11:53 -06:00
void intel_lr_context_resume(struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv)
{
struct intel_engine_cs *engine;
struct i915_gem_context *ctx;
/* Because we emit WA_TAIL_DWORDS there may be a disparity
* between our bookkeeping in ce->ring->head and ce->ring->tail and
* that stored in context. As we only write new commands from
* ce->ring->tail onwards, everything before that is junk. If the GPU
* starts reading from its RING_HEAD from the context, it may try to
* execute that junk and die.
*
* So to avoid that we reset the context images upon resume. For
* simplicity, we just zero everything out.
*/
list_for_each_entry(ctx, &dev_priv->context_list, link) {
for_each_engine(engine, dev_priv) {
struct intel_context *ce = &ctx->engine[engine->id];
u32 *reg;
if (!ce->state)
continue;
reg = i915_gem_object_pin_map(ce->state->obj,
I915_MAP_WB);
if (WARN_ON(IS_ERR(reg)))
continue;
reg += LRC_STATE_PN * PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(*reg);
reg[CTX_RING_HEAD+1] = 0;
reg[CTX_RING_TAIL+1] = 0;
ce->state->obj->dirty = true;
i915_gem_object_unpin_map(ce->state->obj);
ce->ring->head = ce->ring->tail = 0;
ce->ring->last_retired_head = -1;
intel_ring_update_space(ce->ring);
}
}
}